FOODSERVICE 02.27.15

FOODSERVICE 02.27.15Atlanta International AirportConcourse C, Space C-F3 Carrabba's Italian Grill#14-248

01

02

03

04

FOODSERVICE

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT LIST

ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

EQUIPTMENT CUT SHEETS

Atla

nta

Inte

rnat

iona

l Airp

ort,

Spa

ce C

-F3

- C

arra

bba'

s Ita

lian

Gril

l

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FOODSERVICE

01

Atla

nta

Inte

rnat

iona

l Airp

ort,

Spa

ce C

-F3

- C

arra

bba'

s Ita

lian

Gril

l

CARRABBA’S ITALIAN GRILL

Concourse C, Space #C-F3 Atlanta International Airport

FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Division 11400-1

PROJECT #: 14-248 1

SECTION 11A FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 11A.1 GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents: A) The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Special Conditions, Division 1 -

General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 General Notes: A) The equipment herein specified, with the exception of manufactured or standard catalog items shall be

fabricated in a plant bearing the name of a recognized Food Service Equipment Contractor. This concern shall be of good standing and shall have been in business at least five years, with a suitable organization to manufacture, deliver and install the equipment, in accordance with local labor conditions, and shall be able to refer to other successful installations or similar equipment under similar operating conditions. Under no condition shall this contractor sublet any portion of the fabricated equipment to any subcontractor without the Food Service Consultant's consent.

B) Labor shall be performed in a thorough and workmanlike manner by experienced installers in this kind of

work. Work on the premises shall be done at such time so as to promote the proper conduct of the project. Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide a competent superintendent to supervise the installation of the equipment furnished by this contractor and must be ready to give to other contractors such information necessary for the proper conduct and completion of this project.

C) The successful contractor shall submit within ten days after notification of award of contract an itemized list of

the equipment proposed to be furnished under this contract, with manufacturer's name and model number of each item of equipment; this list being subject to the review of the Food Service Consultant.

1.3 Scope of Work: A) Work under this section shall include but is not limited to the following: 1) Provide, deliver, and install in place food service equipment with related items necessary to complete

the work shown on the Contract Drawings and/or required by these Specifications. 2) The term "install" shall mean the delivery of equipment complete with transportation charges prepaid to

the building for which it is intended, uncrated and set in place, and properly anchored where required. 3) Provide to the other contractors parts to be built into the concrete or masonry work, such as pass-thru

opening frames, etc., said parts to be delivered to the other Contractor by the Food Service Equipment Contractor in time for inclusion in the concrete or masonry work. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide necessary setting plans and instructions, shall superintend the installation of parts to be included in the masonry or concrete work, and shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy of their location and installation.

4) Cut holes and ferrules on equipment for pipes, drains, electric outlets, conduits, etc., as required to

coordinate the installation of the food service equipment with the work of other contractors on the project.




PROJECT #: 14-248 2

5) Field check building and roughing-in measurements. 6) Submit brochures, shop drawings, and roughing-in drawings, as required hereinafter under "Shop

Drawings, Brochures, and Field Measurements". 7) Provide of samples as required under "Samples". 8) Provide and install miscellaneous components such as lamps, cover plates, etc. for each item specified. 1.4 Mechanical and Electrical Work Included in Foodservice Equipment: A) Plumbing: 1) Interplumb foodservice equipment between valves, vacuum breakers, and equipment connections, etc.,

and make ready for final connection only by other contractors. 2) Provide to other contractors chrome plated faucets specified under General or Item Specifications for

sinks, kettles, etc.; these faucets to be installed by the other contractors. Backsplash mounted faucets shall be furnished with double male nipples having locknuts for rigidly securing the faucet to the backsplash, this nipple-locknut assembly being furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor as part of the faucet.

3) Provide and install wastes incorporated in the custom fabricated food service equipment, wastes being

provided with tailpiece. 4) Extend wastes indicated on the Equipment Drawings or Schedules as "indirect" and not connected to

the sewage system. Drain extensions shall drip over and into floor drain. Where drain runs under an item of equipment, it shall be properly supported from the bottom of the item of equipment to eliminate interference with the cleaning of the floor in the area.

5) Plumbing components utilized in the connection, distribution, or dispensing of water shall contain no

lead or lead-based products. B) Electrical: 1) Interwire food service equipment between heating elements, switches, starters, thermostats, outlets,

motors, and solenoids, complete to junction box, terminal box or disconnect switch, (if disconnect switch is specified in this Section).

2) Provide and install switches (including disconnect switches specifically called for under the Item

Specifications or indicated on the Drawings) contactors, combination starters with fused disconnect, controls, etc., necessary for the safe and code compliant operation of the equipment.

3) Provide electrically operated portable or movable equipment with 3-wire or 4-wire heavy duty rubber

cord fitted with grounded plug specified under Item Specification, one leg of the cord being grounded to frame of the item of equipment.

4) Provide and install grounded receptacles specified under the Item Specification and/or shown on the Contract Drawings as part of the item of equipment; receptacles shall be as specified, furnished with stainless steel face plate.




PROJECT #: 14-248 3

5) Provide and install electric thermostats where required; thermostats shall be Robert Shaw or approved equal, unless otherwise specified.

6) Provide and install lamps required for light fixtures for equipment items specified herein, both

manufactured and fabricated. C) Refrigeration: 1) Provide, install and thoroughly test refrigeration systems furnished as part of the food service equipment

under this Section and as specified under the Item Specifications. (See "General Requirements" hereinafter for general specifications covering refrigeration systems and service contracts for same.)

2) Refrigeration equipment items shall utilize CFC Free Refrigerant Components. 3) Proper ventilation of 'built-in' refrigeration components shall be provided with cut-outs, ventilation panels

or other means to protect the equipment from excessive heat build-up, damage or warranty violation. D) Heating and Ventilation: 1) Provide and install on the vent collars in top of the dishwasher #18 gauge stainless steel vent ducts,

extending same to 6" above the finished ceiling, where specified. Provide dampers where required. 2) Provide and install fire extinguishing systems as required by National Fire Protection Association Bulletin

#96 and as specified in the Item Specification. E) Steam Fitting: (Applicable when steam operated equipment is specified.) 1) Provide special pressure regulators, steam trap assemblies, control valves, pressure gauges, strainers,

and other devices required for the proper operation of steam operated equipment. These devices shall be handed to, and be installed by the other contractors involved.

2) Provide and install steam thermostats where required on steam heated or steam operated equipment,

the steam thermostats being Fulton, Powers, or approved equal. 3) Provide pressure regulators for items of steam operated equipment, where required; these devices shall

be handed to and installed by the other contractors involved. F) Quick Disconnect Gas Connector Assemblies: 1) Provide quick disconnect gas connector assemblies for the connection of movable or castered

equipment as listed in the item specifications. Quick disconnect gas connector assembly consists of quick disconnect couplings with fusible link, restraining cable, shut-off valve, Type 304 stainless steel hose and braid connector with flexible plastic coating of sufficient length to attach properly to the device, gas hose swivel fitting and necessary fittings and related appurtenances required for the proper

operation of the assembly. Assemblies shall be NSF, NFPA and AGA certified and comply with applicable ANSI (Z21.69) standards. Assemblies manufactured by Dormont Manufacturing Co., Type 1600 Swivel KIT Series.

1.5 Work Not Included In This Section:




PROJECT #: 14-248 4

A) Other contractors shall be responsible for providing and installing: 1) Floor depressions indicated on the drawings and where required. 2) Finished floor and sub-floor requirements for walk-in refrigerators and freezers. 3) Required holes and recesses for piping and ducts upon receipt of information for this as to location,

size, etc., provided the information is furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor in adequate time to be incorporated in the work.

4) Roughing-in wiring for the food service equipment, making final connection between roughing-in points

and points of connection (junction box or terminals) on the food service equipment, connections to the equipment shall be in accordance with wiring diagrams furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor.

5) Wall receptacles shown on the plans and required for the food service equipment. 6) Steam supply and return piping to and from steam operated equipment. Installing traps, strainers

valves, etc., furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor, and making final connection to the food service equipment.

7) Final connections between the vent collars in top of the hoods or ventilators over the cooking and baking

equipment and the building ventilation system. 8) Final connections between the vent ducts off the dishwasher, these ducts being extended to 6" above

the finished ceiling by the Food Service Equipment Contractor. 9) Roughing-in, providing and installing hot and cold water piping between roughing-in points and points of

connection on the equipment, providing in each water line a shut-off valve, and where required, a pressure reducer and regulator, and making final connection to the food service equipment.

10) Installing faucets furnished by the Food Service Equipment Contractor for sinks, tables, kettles, etc., and

making final connection thereto. 11) Waste piping, (except indirect wastes noted by "Food Service Equipment Contractor"), traps vents, etc.,

and making final connection to drain outlets of sinks, disposers, dishwasher, etc. 1.6 General Requirements: A) Conformance to Codes and Standards: 1) Items shall be constructed and installed to comply with the requirements of governmental authorities

having jurisdiction, and to the latest existing standards of at least the following: (ADA), Americans with Disabilities Act (1990) (AGA), American Gas Association (ANSI), American National Standards Institute (ASME), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASTM), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASHRAE), American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (BOCA), Building Officials Code Administrators (FM), Factory Mutual Research




PROJECT #: 14-248 5

(ICBO), International Conference of Building Officials (NBFU), National Board of Fire Underwriters (NEC), National Electric Code (NEMA), National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NFPA), National Fire Protection Association (NSF), National Sanitation Foundation (OSHA), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (UBC), Uniform Building Code (UL), Underwriters Laboratories (UMC), Uniform Mechanical Code

B) Electrical: (Verify project voltage requirements prior to ordering electrically operated equipment.) 1) Electric units and equipment shall be of voltages indicated on the Contract Documents. Difference in

current characteristics of the equipment listed on the Contract Documents and that available at the job site must be submitted to the Food Service Consultant for consideration before any of the equipment is ordered.

2) Internal wiring of the equipment under this Contract to outlets on the equipment shall be by the Food

Service Equipment Contractor in accordance with National Electric Code, and/or jurisdictional governing agencies.

3) Electrically operated equipment shall be in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and the Laws of

the State of the particular installation and shall be approved by Electrical Inspection having jurisdiction or the Underwriter's Laboratories.

4) Electrically operated assemblies of fabricated equipment furnished under this Contract shall have Underwriter's Laboratories approval where such approval has been established for the particular device in question.

5) Manufactured items of equipment electrically operated shall have Underwriter's Laboratories approval or

UL re-examination listed in every case where such approval has been established for the particular device in question.

C) Steam Heated or Steam Operated Equipment: 1) Steam heated or steam operated equipment furnished under this Contract shall be manufactured in

accordance with ASME Code requirements and shall carry the ASME stamp. Steam boilers to have approval or certification of compliance with state or local code where such code exists.

D) Sanitary Requirements: 1) Food service equipment furnished under this Contract shall conform to the standards of National

Sanitation Foundation, Ann Arbor, Michigan, (where standards have been established), to the rules and regulations of the State Board of Health, and the local Board of Health. Equipment governed by N.S.F. Standards shall bear its seal.

E) Gas Heated Equipment: 1) Gas fired equipment shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with American Gas Association

requirements and shall bear the AGA stamp.




PROJECT #: 14-248 6

F) Ventilation Equipment: 1) Cooking equipment ventilation systems shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in strict compliance

with National Fire Protection Association Bulletin #96, Current Edition and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Listing and current requirements.

G) Keys and Locks 1) Key locks to one (1) master key. 2) Supply two (2) keys for each lock and a total of four (4) master keys. 1.7 Motors: A) Electric motors and operating controls shall be splashproof and conform to the available electrical

characteristics on the premises. Fractional HP motors under 3/4 HP shall be supplied to operate on 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase current. 3/4 HP and over shall be supplied to operate on the power circuit, 3 phase current, or as otherwise specified.

1.8 Heating Equipment: A) Electrical heating units shall be provided with an on-off switch, red light indicator, UL approved wiring,

grounded and pre-wired, by this contractor to a connection box, ready for final connection by other contractors.

1.9 Guarantee, Warranty, and Service: A) Food Service Equipment Contractor must supply a listing of factory authorized service agencies, and produce

copies of written service and warranty agreements for food service equipment items for record and file before final payment will be made. This contractor shall replace free of charge any work, equipment, parts, materials, and/or workmanship which becomes defective during the guarantee period (except that which become defective due to abuse of the equipment). Replacement shall be made without cost to the Owner, and the Food Service Equipment Contractor shall reimburse the other contractors for extra work involved in the replacement of defective equipment. Guarantee period is for one year from date equipment is put into continuous operation (upon acceptance for use by the Owner).

B) All refrigeration systems furnished in or with the equipment under this section shall be furnished with a one

year prepaid service contract and a five year warranty on the compressor. Warranty to begin at time when equipment is put into continuous operation (upon acceptance for use by the Owner).

C) Service contracts for refrigeration systems furnished under this Section must be contracted for by Food

Service Equipment Contractor with authorized local service organization capable of providing prompt and efficient service on the equipment; copies of all service contracts must be presented to the Owner upon completion of the installation of the food service equipment.

1.10 Substitutions - Standards: A) The name or manufacturer of any article, device, material or form of construction listed in the Item

Specifications, shall establish the "standard" required. Bid proposals shall be based on the manufacturers and models specified.




PROJECT #: 14-248 7

B) Substitutions: 1) During the Bidding, the Food Service Consultant will consider written requests from Bidders for

substitutions, received at least ten days prior to bid date; requests received after that time will not be considered.

2) Substitutions will not be considered if: (a) They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request

submitted in accord with Paragraph 1.10-B-1. (b) Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. C) Equipment offered as a substitute to that specified must conform to space limitations of the plan, and the cost

of deviation from kind, location, or capacity of the mechanical or electrical services shall be the responsibility of the Food Service Equipment Contractor at no extra cost or charge to the Owner.

D) Accepted substitutions will be noted on the Contract and no other substitutions will be permitted subsequent

to the signing of the Contract, except by specific change order issued by the Food Service Consultant and Architect.

1.11 Shop Drawings, Brochures, and Field Measurements: A) Shop drawings, and bound project data brochures for the manufactured and fabricated items of equipment

under this Contract shall be submitted to the Food Service Consultant and Architect for review within thirty (30) days after notice of award of the Contract. After review, the Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide to the Food Service Consultant the number of sets required by the Food Service Consultant, for distribution to the other contractors on the project. Costs of reproduction and submission shall be part of the work of this section. The Architect and Food Service Consultant shall determine the quantity of all submissions required prior to Food Service Equipment Contractor submission.

1) Connection Plans Showing Roughing-in and Utility Data: (a) Connection plans shall be submitted to the Food Service Consultant for review within thirty (30) days

after notice of award of Contract, the plans drawn at 1/2" scale on sheets of same size as Contract Drawings, each sheet showing the utility rough-in (including sleeves and conduit) for electric, water, steam, refrigeration, ventilation, condensate, drain lines, etc., exhaust air connections and characteristics, the rough-in data for utility services in each area being on the same sheet. Each connection plan shall indicate the approximate location of the food service equipment with allowances made for traps, switches and other final connection requirements.

(b) Each roughing-in location shall be dimensioned accurately from column center lines. (c) The services shall be roughed-in as sized and dimensioned on the reviewed roughing-in drawings

and the Food Service Equipment Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of the sleeves and conduit through which the utility lines will be installed. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall be responsible for conforming to the roughing-in locations with the equipment under this Contract and connections thereto, or shall compensate the other contractors for necessary relocation of the roughing-in. A field inspection must be made by this contractor before the finished




PROJECT #: 14-248 8

floors are laid to make necessary relocations of sleeves, etc. 2) Shop Drawings of Custom-Fabricated Equipment: (a) Shall be submitted to the Food Service Consultant for review, sheets of same size as Contract

Drawings, the shop drawings being drawn at 3/4" scale or larger, and showing equipment under this Contract, indicating dimensions, details for construction, details of reinforcement, as well as details for the installation and relation to adjoining and related work which require cutting and close fitting. Written permission must be obtained from the Food Service Consultant, before fabrication, for departure from construction indicated on the Contract Drawings or required by the specifications, which may be necessary due to special conditions found at the job site.

(b) Fabrication of the custom-manufactured equipment shall not be initiated until final review by the

Food Service Consultant of shop drawings and until field inspection and measurements are taken by the Food Service Equipment Contractor.

3) Field Measurements: (a) Field measurements shall be made by the Food Service Equipment Contractor, giving due

consideration to any architectural, mechanical, or structural discrepancies which may occur during the construction of the building. No extra compensation will be allowed for difference between actual dimensions secured at the job site and the measurements indicated on the Contract Drawings.

(b) Discrepancies which may be found during field measurements shall be submitted to the Food

Service Consultant for consideration before proceeding with the fabrication of the equipment. 4) Brochures of Manufactured Equipment: (a) Brochures shall be submitted to the Food Service Consultant for review, each brochure being

completely bound and containing manufacturer's data sheet for each manufactured item of equipment under this Contract, with type-written sheet preceding the data sheet for each item, indicating the quantity required, list of accessories required by the specifications, electrical characteristics, etc.

(b) Manufacturer's data sheets and typed descriptive sheet preceding each data sheet for each item

shall be in numerical order following the Item Numbers and each brochure shall be complete, describing manufactured items of equipment under this Contract. No consideration will be given to partial lists or submissions made at various times.

(c) Review of shop drawings, brochures, and schedules, will be in general and it shall processes shown; the Food Service Consultant's review does not relieve the Food Service Equipment be understood to mean that the Food Service Consultant has no objection to the use of materials or 0Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions from the Contract Requirements.

1.12 Samples: A) Upon the request of the Food Service Consultant, this contractor shall submit for review hardware, drawer

slides, drawers, feet, casters, brackets, etc., including samples of construction showing typical reinforcement of underside of tops as well as angle framing of counters.




PROJECT #: 14-248 9

1.13 Openings - Access: A) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall inform the other contractors and the Architect of the need to

provide and schedule temporary openings in the walls or floors which may be required for passing large sections of equipment into the building. This shall apply to such items which cannot be accommodated through permanent openings. This contractor shall look to the other contractors or Architect for the furnishing, when required, of temporary light, heat, power, or other utilities required during the process of installing the equipment on the premises.

1.14 Wall Clearance: A) In locations where indicated on the plans, sections, and/or specifications, the apparatus shall be spaced 3"

away from adjoining walls, and/or equipment. This clearance is to be measured from the extreme back of the equipment.

1.15 Lubrication - Oil and Grease: A) Each moving part in the entire food facilities installation shall be provided with suitable bearings with provision

for greasing, or with grease gun connections suited to a high pressure gun for distributing heavy oil or light grease. Points of lubrication shall be readily accessible. Grease gun connections shall be of the same type to fit the same gun.

B) Bearings and packing glands shall be properly protected during installation. Before equipment is placed in

operation, they shall be filled with the type of lubricant recommended by the manufacturer of the apparatus. Prior to final acceptance, equipment glands shall be repacked and valve packing glands tightened.

1.16 Correlation with Drawings: A) This written specification must be closely correlated with the Drawings and Schedules. Each complements

the other and cross reference will be necessary to fulfill the requirements of the specifications. Information shown on drawings and listed in schedules shall be incorporated as part of the written specifications.

B) Where discrepancies occur between drawings and specifications, and no written clarification directive has

been issued by the Food Service Consultant, the greater number in quantity, additional equipment, accessory, and similar articles shall prevail regardless of whether they occur on drawings or in the specifications.

11A.2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Standard Manufactured Equipment: A) Standard food service equipment made on a production basis is named by catalog number in the Item

Specifications and established as the "standard" required. Items identified by a manufacturer's model number shall be supplied with parts and accessories listed by that manufacturer as standard and included in the base price; optional accessory items will be specifically stated in the Item Specifications.

2.2 Nameplates: A) Manufactured equipment furnished under this Contract shall be provided with identifying nameplate of




PROJECT #: 14-248 10

corrosion resistant material giving name and address of manufacturer, catalog and serial numbers, and other identifying information for use in securing replacement parts, etc.

B) Nameplate shall fit snugly against the surface of the item, shall be free of rough edges, shall be attached in

such a manner as not to interfere with the cleaning of the equipment, and not be visible on exposed exterior. C) Visible nameplates, decals, or stickers with Food Service Equipment Contractor or fabricator identification or

logos are not acceptable. 2.3 Custom-Fabricated Equipment: A) Custom-fabricated equipment shall be constructed in accordance with the Contract Drawings and the

following detail specifications. B) Products of fabricators which conform to the requirements of the plans and specifications establish the

"standard" required. 2.4 Materials-Metal: A) Material shall be new, of prime quality, full gauge thickness, of compositions indicated by name or

abbreviations used in Item Specifications. B) Gauges herein specified shall be standard U.S. gauges. Unless specified, no material shall be furnished

lighter than #20 gauge. C) Whenever galvanized iron and/or galvanized sheets are specified or required, it shall be an approved grade

of copper bearing steel, as manufactured in the United States by Armco, or equal. Wherever galvanized angles or channels are specified, these shall be of copper bearing steel, as specified for sheets. Fabricated edges of sheets or angles shall be protected by a special metalizing process to give fabricated edges and surfaces equal protection to the finished surfaces.

D) Where stainless steel is specified, sheets, castings or tubing shall be Type 302, of the 18-8 Series, with a

content of from 17% to 19% chrome, 7% to 10% nickel and a maximum carbon content of .09. Exposed stainless steel surfaces shall be a #4 mill finish, unless otherwise noted. Exposed surfaces shall be interpreted to mean an inside surface exposed to view when a door is opened. Unexposed portions shall be ground smooth, with either a #80 grit finish or a first cut commercial finish. Stainless steel as manufactured in the United States by Allegheny Ludlum, or equal.

E) Iron pipe shall have grey enamel finish. Threads shall be cleaned and coated with rust resisting coating. F) Tubing shall be #16 gauge stainless steel, (.065) thick, seamless drawn or shall have seam welded

continuously, ground smooth and polished. G) Color of equipment as selected by the Food Service Consultant from manufacturer's standard color chart,

unless noted. 2.5 General Details for the Construction of Custom-Fabricated Equipment: A) Joints and Welds: 1) Equipment herein specified, when constructed of more than one piece and/or sheet of metal, shall be

continuously butt-welded, ground and polished smooth. Field joints shall be as few as possible. Welded




PROJECT #: 14-248 11

parts shall be homogeneous, non-porous, and free from pits, cracks, imperfections or discolorations. Welding shall be electric process, with joints ground and polished smooth. The welding rods used shall be of the same composition as sheets of parts welded.

B) Tops: 1) Table tops, counters and like items, unless otherwise specified, shall be of #14 gauge stainless steel on

one sheet without seams, with edges as indicated on detail drawings. 2) Tops shall be stud bolted to counter frames, on 2'-6" centers and to channel bracing of "open" fixtures.

Provide chrome plated acorn cap nuts. 3) Field joints in tops shall be welded, ground smooth and polished only where tops exceed length of

available sheets and/or where building accesses do not permit the top to be brought into the building in one piece.

C) Channels: 1) Channels shall be of #14 gauge stainless steel construction, 1" x 4" x 1", edges ground and polished.

Channel shall be attached to table tops, counters and like items in "legs down" position. Full perimeter shall be sealed to table top with clear silicone mastic sealant. Channels shall run front to back at each leg location with additional channel bracing running between front to back channels, down the center of the fixture. Where channels intersect, they shall be fully welded, ground, and polished. Where an item of food service equipment is to be placed on a work table or counter, provide additional channel bracing to accommodate the weight and operation of the equipment items.

D) Sound Deadening: 1) Apply Component Hardware #Q75-1366, latex spray soundproofing to the underside of table and

counter tops. Horizontal surfaces sprayed shall be nonvisible. E) Sinks: 1) Sinks shall be constructed of #14 gauge stainless steel with corners formed with a 3/4" radius, both

horizontal and vertical. Sink sizes established on the Detail Drawings to be inside measurements. 2) Partitions between sink compartments shall be double walled with 3/4" radius corners, 3/4" radius top

edges, welded in place, ground smooth and polished. Fronts, bottoms and back of multiple compartment sinks shall be one piece with no overlapping joints or open crevices. Bottom of each compartment shall be creased to center and fitted with lever operated waste with strainer plate and a brass tailpiece for slip connection. Lever waste to be set into 1/2" deep recess assuring complete drainage. Overflow shall be fitted in back of sink so that the constant water level is 1" below sink rim and/or adjoining drainboard level, and shall be factory installed.

3) Where sinks occur in tables, they shall be entirely welded to the table top with welds ground smooth and

polished, with no trace of welding left, to give the appearance of one continuous piece. 4) Sinks are to have a stainless steel backsplash, where required, of the height specified. 5) Provide two (2) holes for specified faucets. Where adjacent equipment has a similar backsplash, the




PROJECT #: 14-248 12

backsplash shall be matching in height and design and tops joined with a top cap. F) Drainboards and Dish Tables: 1) Drainboards shall be constructed of #14 gauge stainless steel. Turn front and ends up 3" and finish with

1-1/2", 180 degree roll. Corners both horizontal and vertical shall have standard 3/4" radius. Exterior corners shall be rounded. Weld drainboards to sink forming an integral unit.

G) Pitch and Drainage: 1) Wherever a fixture is used with a waste or drain outlet, the surface shall have a distinct pitch toward

such an outlet. Dish tables and drainboards shall have a definite pitch to drain. Pitch to be accomplished on table top only.

2) Where drains are called for to be located in long tables, or where drainage is necessary, such table tops

shall be provided with drains located at specific points as shown on the drawings. H) Faucets and Wastes: 1) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide faucets, lever handle quick opening wastes with

overflow assemblies, basket wastes, straight wastes and valves normally supplied with equipment for proper operation of a particular item. Sink mixing faucets shall be Fisher Models as follows:

a. 8" Adjustable wall mounted faucets with 16" swing spout, Fisher Model #9102, with two (2) each

2200-0000 nipple assemblies, two (2) each #2400-2103 elbows, and two (2) each #10006 water supply hoses.

b. 8" Center to center deck mounted faucet with 12" swivel gooseneck spout, Fisher Model #3315 with

two (2) each #10022 water supply hoses. c. Chrome plated brass rotary waste 1/4 turn full open valve with flat strainer, 19" x 21" overflow pipe

with chrome plated fittings, chrome plated lever handle, 2" OD and 1 1/2" ID connections, Fisher Model #22209.

I) Enclosed Cabinets: 1) Construct enclosed bases, cabinets and wall cabinets and the like of #18 gauge stainless steel, single

wall, and pan type completely one piece welded construction, with no visible joints or screw attachments showing. Entire unit to be rigidly braced with #14 gauge stainless steel angles or channels where required and/or iron frames. Vertical corners shall be standard square break radius.

J) Doors: 1) Doors shall be double pan construction, #18 gauge face, #20 gauge rear, stainless steel, unless

otherwise specified. Doors shall be 5/8" thick, filled with sound deadening material. Doors shall have integral stainless steel pull as illustrated on detail drawing.

K) Counter Legs: 1) Component Hardware Model A92-8048, 6" high adjustable stainless steel leg with foot.




PROJECT #: 14-248 13

L) Wheels and Casters: 1) Mobile equipment shall be mounted on casters of the size specified or as provided as standard by the

manufacturer but must comply with the load rating standards of the Casters & Floor Truck Manufacturers' Association, and with the NSF sanitary requirements. Casters, forks and guards are to be cadmium plated. Wheels are to be disc steel type with neoprene tires. Provide wheel locks where specified. Casters shall be equal in quality to: Component Hardware Series: C-31-2051/C-23-3451

M) Shelves: 1) Undershelves - Open Base: (a) Solid fixed undershelves shall be fabricated of #16 gauge stainless steel with free edges turned

down 1-1/2" and rear edge turned up 90°, 1-1/2" with coved radius. Notch and weld at legs. Where edges are specified to be turned up, turn up on a 3/4" radius to the height specified. Weld a #14 gauge channel, centered full length of underside of fixed undershelves where indicated on detail drawings.

2) Undershelves - Cabinet Base: (a) Cabinet shelving shall have bottom and intermediate shelves and shall be #16 gauge stainless

steel, unless otherwise specifically stated, with shelf joints welded. Turn shelves up 2" in rear and ends with 3/4" radius cove corner where shelves turn up at the rear. The turned up edges must be tight fitting against cabinet framing and enclosure. The intermediate shelving shall be fixed, unless specifically stated otherwise.

3) Overshelves:

(a) Overshelves shall be fabricated of #16 gauge stainless steel with edge turned down or up as specified, having same construction as "Tops".

(b) Mount shelving on #16 gauge stainless steel tubing of the diameter specified or uprights as indicated on detail drawings.

(c) Overshelves at walls are to be cantilever mounted, with the upright passing down through the backsplash rim, and bolted to extended channels for support.

(d) When overshelves are to be mounted to a flat top, secure with concealed fasteners. 4) Wall Shelves: (a) Wall shelves shall be fabricated of #16 gauge stainless steel, same construction as "Overshelves".

Provide with a 1-1/2" turned up rear riser. Mount on #12 gauge stainless steel cantilever brackets. Secure brackets to wall with stainless steel screws with expansion shields. Brackets shall be spaced a maximum of 4'-0" o.c.

N) Legs:




PROJECT #: 14-248 14

1) Legs shall be 1-5/8" O.D., #16 gauge stainless steel tubing, unless noted. Legs shall be located as shown on the elevation(s) and/or section(s), and shall not exceed 5'-0" o.c. Joints between legs and undershelves or cross rails shall be welded, ground smooth and polished. Each leg shall be fitted with Component Hardware Model A10-0852 round bottom collar and foot insert, Type #18-8 stainless steel, sized for 1-5/8", #16 gauge tubing.

O) Gussets: 1) Gussets shall be cylindrical, one piece stainless steel construction. Gussets shall be welded to

supporting members, spot welded with sealant around remaining perimeter. At legs or upright, gussets shall fit snug, and legs or uprights shall be secured by an Allen set screw. Gussets shall be Component Hardware Model A20-0206, Type 18-8 stainless steel.

P) Cross Rails: 1) Cross rails shall be 1" O.D., #16 gauge stainless steel tubing mounted 10" above the floor, ground and

polished. Cross rails shall be attached to every leg and shall be run front to back and full length between legs at rear and front. When fixed undershelves are specified, cross rails may be omitted.

Q) Spacers: 1) Equipment at walls or partitions to be provided with spacers that will secure equipment to wall. Food

Service Equipment Contractor shall secure spacers to wall prior to final connections of utilities by other contractors. Spacer shall be 1-5/8" tubing, length to permit equipment spacing tight to wall. Spacer to have 90 degree twist to omit dirt catch. Wall end shall have Component Hardware Model A10-0854 round bottom collar and flanged foot insert and shall be bolted to the wall.

R) Drawers: (See Details on Drawing) 1) The drawer pan shall be #20 gauge stainless steel. Vertical and horizontal corners shall have 3/4"

minimum coved radius. Top of pan to flange out, be removable without the use of tools. 2) The drawer slides shall be the full-suspension self-closing type, fitted with four (4) case-hardened ball-

bearing rollers. Track attached to drawer, upper edge shaped to fit contour of roller rim to provide a position drawer guide and prevent jarring, outer track fastened to the drawer housing and provided with limit stops. Assembly shall be Component Hardware Model S30-2024.

3) The drawer housing shall be #18 gauge stainless steel to enclosed front, sides and back of drawer assembly, to extend from underside of table or counter top, down to bottom of drawer front. Front of housing fitted with opening (with edges turned in 1/2") and corners welded to accommodate drawer body and slides. Top turn-in provided with holes for receiving studs welded to underside of table or counter top for bolting housing thereto.

4) The drawers shall be 20" x 20" x 5" deep, unless otherwise specified. Drawers shall have integral

stainless steel pull as illustrated on detail drawing. S) Elevated Pan Rack: 1) Elevated pan racks shall be constructed of 1/4" x 2" stainless steel bar stock, mounted on 1-5/8"

diameter stainless steel tubing uprights. Top of uprights capped. Uprights to be 7'-0" overall. Where uprights pass through table top, provide sleeve by welding gusset, Component Hardware Model A16-




PROJECT #: 14-248 15

0206. Uprights to extend down through top and be supported by welding to cross rail. Where required, a sleeve joint may be used at the lower end to permit access.

2) Rack to be 3-bar style. Top bar to have semi-circular ends having 12" radius. Rear bar to be at same

height but extending between uprights. Lower bar 8" down from rear bar extending between uprights. Provide with Component Hardware Model J79-4115 single and J77-4401 double pot hooks on 8" centers.

2.6 Refrigeration Systems and Installation: A) Pre-Assembled Remote System: Shall include all necessary components installed on both evaporator and

condensing unit assemblies pre-wired so that all that is required at the project site is to make electrical, plumbing and refrigeration connections between these assemblies. 120/208 Volt, three phase operation. The Evaporator Assembly shall include, in addition to the evaporator, heat exchanger, temperature control and an expansion valve. The Condensing Unit Assembly shall include, in addition to the condensing unit(s), a sight glass, drier, time clock and a vibration eliminator and suction accumulator. System shall include a suction line accumulator, oil separator and replaceable core suction filter with isolation valves all factory installed. Three (3) spare suction filters shall be provided and shipped loose.

B) Refrigeration Equipment: Shall be designed for remote installation for use with R-404A refrigerant. Air

cooled condensing units mounted on building roof.

C) Frame and Housing: The frame of the refrigeration system shall include a welded, de-burred and cleaned structural steel frame made of three inch members. The frame shall be painted with a primer coat of epoxy based paint and finished with a coat of rust resistant polyurethane acrylic enamel. Outdoor mounting platform provided by other contractor. Weather tight housing of aluminum or painted metal. Provide outdoor controls and crankcase heaters for low ambient operation.

D) Condensing Units: Shall be provided complete with an air cooled condenser, receiver, compressor and all

other necessary components mounted in a flexible manner on a common base. Compressor(s) shall be hermetic or accessible-hermetic type. The units shall be designed for 16 to 18 hours operation at the specified evaporating temperature, in a 90°F (32.2°C) ambient temperature.

E) Control Panel: The exterior mounted, weather tight, electrical control panel shall be manufactured of 14

gauge galvanized steel, which has been assembled, welded, de-burred and cleaned. The control panel shall include hinged access doors with a built-in fused disconnect switch inter-locked to shutoff all system electrical power when doors are opened, individual circuit breakers and contactors for each compressor, required defrost time clocks; circuit breakers, start capacitors, and fan cycle control thermostats for each of the condenser fan motors. The wiring diagram of the refrigeration system shall be photo-etched onto an anodized aluminum plate and permanently affixed to the inside of the electrical control panel. All internal wiring shall be held in place with fasteners and individually numbered. The wire numbers shall be shown on the wiring diagram.

F) Evaporator Coils: The evaporator assemblies, and the parts associated with them, will be mounted inside of

the Walk-Ins. Each evaporator coil shall include a thermostatic expansion valve, liquid line solenoid valve and thermostat piped, mounted and wired by the manufacturer. In cases where two (2) or more evaporator coils are to be piped to a single compressor the thermostat and liquid line solenoid valve shall be shipped loose to be mounted and wired at the project site. Evaporators shall be forced-convection, unit-cooler type.




PROJECT #: 14-248 16

They shall be complete with forced-air discharge parallel to the ceiling. Air circulating motors, multi-fin and tube type coil and grill shall be assembled within a grated metal protective housing secured by tamper resistant fasteners. The expansion valve, with strainer, heat exchanger, and inlet and outlet connections shall also be contained within this housing. Air circulation motors must be lifetime sealed and the entire unit-cooler assembly must be readily accessible for cleaning. A drip pan and drain connection shall be provided. Unit coolers shall be equipped with mounting brackets for installation operation. Evaporator coils shall have a 2" spacer between the mounting brackets and the ceiling.

G) Refrigeration Piping and Installation:

1) Install refrigeration system by obtaining required permits, mounting evaporator coils and controls, provide

and install refrigerant piping, fittings, hangers, supports, hook-up and start-up in accordance with the manufacturer's Preparation and Start-up Procedure. The Preparation and Start-up Procedure shall be completed, signed and returned to the manufacturer within ten (10) days of start-up.

2) Copper tubing shall be refrigerant grade type L. Sil-Fos 15 solder shall be used. Lead solder products

are not acceptable. After the system and evaporator coils have been connected, the balance of the system shall be leak tested with all valves open. The complete system shall be evacuated to a vacuum of 1500 microns absolute pressure. At this point the vacuum shall be broken by the introduction of refrigerant into the system. Each system shall be fully charged with R-404A refrigerant. The Foodservice Equipment Contractor shall be responsible for testing and adjusting each compressor/condensing system to make the total system operational.

3) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide a drain line heater for each evaporator coil

located within a compartment with an operating temperature at or below +32°F. After installation of the drain line heater the condensate drain line shall be wrapped with 1/2 inch of armaflex insulation.

4) Refrigeration suction lines shall be wrapped with cellular type insulation. The insulation for systems with

an evaporating temperature of +25°F or higher shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch thick. Systems with an evaporating temperature below +25°F shall be wrapped with a minimum of 3/4 inch thick insulation. The insulation shall fit the tubing snugly, with no gaps, and shall be applied and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Refrigeration suction lines shall have 'P' traps as close to the exit of the evaporator coils as possible and at the bottom of all vertical rises. If the vertical rise exceeds 20 feet, an additional 'P' trap shall be installed every 15 feet. The refrigeration piping shall be sloped downward, from directly above each evaporator coil to the area where the piping rises to meet the remote refrigeration system, 1 inch for each 20 feet of horizontal distance.

5) Utmost care must be taken to prevent moisture from getting into the refrigeration system. The

maximum moisture content after complete installation shall be no more than 80 parts per million (PPM). After running the system, the system moisture level shall be no more than 10 PPM

2.7 Walk-in Refrigerator / Freezer Compartments:

A) Design: Shall be the size and shape as shown on drawings, using varied panel sizes to accommodate partition and door placement as shown. Walk-in shall be National Sanitation Foundation listed.

B) Panel Construction: Shall be made in modular widths and 12” x 12” corners to be interchangeable for fast

and easy assembly. Panel edges to have tongue and grooves “foamed-in-place” to assure tight joints. A flexible vinyl gasket shall be fitted on the interior and exterior of each panel along every tongue edge to provide gasketing at each joint.




PROJECT #: 14-248 17

C) Insulation: 4” thick rigid urethane foam 2.2 lb. per cubic feet density foamed-in-place. Shall conform to ASTM Fire Hazard Materials Test E284614 and E16267 and shall have a low flame spread rating of 25 or less, with a certifying Underwriters Laboratories label on every panel and shall meet Factory Mutual approval standard #4411 for insulated wall construction. Panels must meet all state and local approval requirements.

D) Finish: Interior walls and ceiling shall be finished in stucco-embossed aluminum, .042” thick. Exposed

exterior of walk-ins shall be finished in 22 gauge stainless steel (including interior and exterior of doors, all exposed wall panels, ceiling panels and trim). Unexposed exterior walls and ceiling shall be finished in stucco-embossed aluminum, .042” thick.

E) Floors: (Refer to detail drawing for illustration of floor configuration to be utilized.)

1) For recessed floors: Floor panels shall be 14 gauge galvanized steel with wearing surface and coved

base by other contractor. 2) For exposed floors or floor panels with ramps: Floor shall be 16 gauge stainless steel with integral

coved base. Provide non-skid abrasive floor strips in aisle areas at 6” on center.

F) Ramps: (Where indicated on detail drawings.) Built-in 14 gauge stainless steel ramp with non-skid abrasive strips at 6” on center.

G) Standard Doors: Openings shall be 3’-0” x 6’-8” high, in fitting flush mounted type. All hardware shall be

chrome plated. Each door shall have three hinges, self-closing type with stainless steel pin and nylon cam bearing. Latches shall have a cylinder type lock and shall include an inside safety release handle, to prevent anyone from being locked inside. Each door shall be equipped with a devise that will insure positive closing the door. Provide 3’-0” high 14 gauge stainless steel kick plate secured to doors on both interior and exterior surfaces. Door locations as illustrated on floor plan drawing.

H) Lighting: Vapor-proof globe type fixtures with 100 watt rough service incandescent light with plasticized

globes. Light at door pre-wired by manufacturer to flush mounted switch with pilot light on exterior adjacent to door. Light switches and heater cables for doors to be wired to a junction box. Quantity and location of light fixtures as illustrated on plan.

I) Trim Strips: Furnish and install trim strips of matching exterior finish, between walk-in and building walls.

J) Closure Panels: Fixed; matching exterior finish; from top of this item to above finished ceiling. (Field verify

ceiling height.)

K) Sleeves: Required for refrigeration lines or for other service lines through the insulated panels shall be made by Food Service Equipment Contractor and sleeve holes shall be filled with foam sealant following the installation and testing of the unit.

L) Alarm Systems: Each compartment shall be protected by an audio visual alarm system with glowing red and

green light mounted above door on exterior door frame section. If temperature exceeds safe level, thermostat shall automatically turn out green light and turn on red light. System shall have a range of –40 deg. F. to +65 deg. F. and shall require 120 volt electrical connection. Provide dry contacts for connection to building monitoring system.

M) Dial Thermometer: Provide surface mounted dial thermometer with a range of –40 deg. F to +100 deg. F. Thermometer shall be 2 ½” diameter surface mounted, chrome plated. Capillaries shall be long enough to extend from the door panels to the rear of the evaporator. Capillaries shall be armor sheathed.




PROJECT #: 14-248 18

N) Pressure Relief Port: Heated, installed flush with Walk-in wall. One (1) required for each freezer

compartment.

O) Ceiling Panel Support: For wide span ceiling sections, provide ceiling support channels, support hardware, and related components as illustrated on detail drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

P) Special Panels: Provide custom panel assembly at locations shown on drawings where standard panels will not fit required configuration and building walls or columns intersect. All in accordance with floor plan drawing and detail drawings.

Q) Installation: Supervised by a factory technician for quality assurance. 11A.3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation: A) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall make arrangements to receive equipment and shall make

delivery into the building as requisitioned by the installation superintendent; equipment shall not be consigned to the Owner or to other contractor unless written acceptance has been received in advance of shipment. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall provide satisfactory arrangements for the payment of freight and handling charges.

B) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall deliver equipment into the building, uncrate, assemble, level

and repair any damaged or abraded surfaces, set equipment temporarily in its final location, permitting the other contractors to take necessary measurements for the connection of the service lines; then move the equipment sufficiently to permit the installation of such service lines, after which equipment shall be realigned level and plumb, making the final installation as shown on the Contract Drawings. Equipment shall be installed so as to eliminate objectionable vibration.

C) Cabinets and other items of equipment mounted on masonry bases or which butt against walls shall be sealed thereto with Dow Corning #732 RTV or equal General Electric clear silicone sealant, excess sealant being cleaned out of the joints to a radius fillet. Where necessary in order to seal a cabinet to the wall, provide scribing or filler strips matching the metal used in the cabinet construction, sealing the strips to the wall construction with Dow Corning #732 RTV or equal General Electric clear silicone sealant.

3.2 Cleaning: A) Thoroughly clean equipment, remove any temporary protection and leave equipment clean and free of

imperfections. B) Crating, boxes, coverings and trash pertaining to this equipment to be removed daily from the premises. 3.3 Testing, Demonstration and Instruction: A) After completion of the installation, items of equipment furnished under this Contract shall be operated and

thoroughly tested to insure proper and safe operation. B) The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall arrange to have mechanically operated equipment furnished

under this Contract demonstrated by authorized representatives of the equipment manufacturers. These representatives are to instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the use, care and maintenance of items of equipment. The Food Service Equipment Contractor may elect to demonstrate certain items of




PROJECT #: 14-248 19

equipment when factory representatives are not available. 3.4 Operating and Maintenance Manuals: A) After completion of the installation, the Food Service Equipment Contractor shall present to the Owner two

(2) sets of operating and maintenance manuals covering equipment furnished under this Contract, including fabricated items, the set being neatly bound in a loose-leaf binder having a durable cover. In addition, warranty information, manufacturer's care and maintenance information for foodservice equipment item finishes such as stainless steel, plastic laminate, solid surfacing material, and other finish materials specified as a part of the foodservice equipment contract, should be included.

B) Include in the binder a list of names, addresses and telephone numbers of local servicing agencies

authorized to make necessary repairs and/or adjustments of the equipment furnished under this Contract. 3.5 Final Project Review: A) Upon completion of the installation, equipment specified will be thoroughly reviewed by the Architect, Owner

and Food Service Consultant for strict adherence to plans and specifications. B) A Final Project Review will be performed when the installation is complete and ready. The Food Service

Consultant shall review the project for deficiencies and contract performance. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected immediately.

***END OF SECTION***

ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT LIST

FOODSERVICE

02

Atla

nta

Inte

rnat

iona

l Airp

ort,

Spa

ce C

-F3

- C

arra

bba'

s Ita

lian

Gril

l

ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION MAKE MODEL FURNISH INSTALL100 LOT BAR TOP AND DIE ASSEMBLY CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC101 LOT BAR TOP AND DIE ASSEMBLY CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC102 LOT BAR TOP AND DIE ASSEMBLY CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC103 1 SNEEZE GUARD ASSEMBLY CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC104 LOT STAINLESS STEEL WALL FLASHING CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC105 1 P.O.S. COUNTER CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC106 1 LINEN STORAGE CABINET CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC107 2 WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC108 1 BEVERAGE COUNTER CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC109 1 WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC110 1 SNEEZE GUARD ASSEMBLY CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC111 1 STONE PASTA / PIZZA BAR TOP CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC112 1 SALAD TOP REFRIGERATOR CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC113 4 PRINTER SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC114 2 BAR DIVIDER WALL CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC115 1 EXPEDITER COUNTER CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC116 1 EXPEDITER COUNTER TOP CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC117 1 STONE PASTA / PIZZA BAR TOP CUSTOM MILLWORK GC GC118 1 CHEF'S COUNTER ASSEMBLY CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC119 1 THREE COMPARTMENT SINK CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC120 1 SOFFIT MOUNT STORAGE SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC121 1 WALL MOUNTED POT RACK CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC122 12 6" EQUIPMENT STAND OFF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC123 1 CONDIMENT RAIL CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC124 1 WALL MOUNTED PLATE SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC125 1 CONDIMENT RAIL CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC126 SPARE NUMBER127 SPARE NUMBER128 1 CONDIMENT RAIL CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC129 1 PASTA RINSE STATION CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC130 1 HOSE RACK CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC131 23 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC132 1 SOILED DISHTABLE ASSEMBLY CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC133 1 GLASS RACK SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC134 LOT STAINLESS STEEL WALL FLASHING CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC135 2 STAINLESS STEEL VENT SLEEVE CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC136 1 DISH RACK STORAGE SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC137 1 CLEAN DISHTABLE CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC138 2 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC139 LOT STAINLESS STEEL WALL FLASHING CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC140 2 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC141 1 MOBILE ICE BATH CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC142 1 WORK TABLE WITH SINKS CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC143 1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC144 1 WALL MOUNTED POT RACK CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC145 1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC146 1 WORK TABLE WITH SINK CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC147 2 MOBILE RANGE STAND CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC148 LOT STAINLESS STEEL WALL FLASHING CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC149 1 BROOM & MOP HOLDER CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC150 1 CONDIMENT RAIL CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC151 1 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SHELF CUSTOM STAINLESS KEC KEC200 SPARE NUMBER201 2 BAR BLENDER VITA-MIX 5028-BARBOSS KEC KEC202 2 COCKTAIL STATION PERLICK CM1528 KEC KEC203 SPARE NUMBER204 SPARE NUMBER205 2 SINGLE SPEED RAIL PERLICK SR-S36 KEC KEC206 2 MUG FROSTER PERLICK FR36 KEC KEC207 1 UNDERBAR COOLER PERLICK BBS84L KEC KEC208 SPARE NUMBER209 2 UNDERBAR HAND SINK PERLICK TSD18HSN KEC KEC210 1 GLASS WASHER BAR MAID SS-100 KEC KEC211 SPARE NUMBER212 SPARE NUMBER213 1 ESPRESSO MACHINE NESPRESSO GEMINI / CS100 PRO KEC KEC214 2 UNDERBAR GLASS CABINET PERLICK CM8878-TSD KEC KEC215 1 THREE COMPARTMENT SINK PERLICK TSD74C KEC KEC216 2 UNDERBAR COOLER PERLICK BBS84R KEC KEC217 1 BAR FREEZER BEVERAGE AIR UCF20 KEC KEC

218 1 BAR TOP DRAINER PERLICK CM1508 KEC KEC219 1 DROP-IN ICE CREAM FREEZER DELFIELD N225 KEC KEC220 1 GLASS FILLER ASSEMBLY T & S BRASS B-1230 KEC KEC221 1 ICE TEA BREWER BUNN-O-MATIC 36700.0059 KEC KEC222 1 ICE TEA DISPENSER BUNN-O-MATIC 34100.0002 KEC KEC223 1 COFFEE BREWER BUNN-O-MATIC 12950.0360 KEC KEC224 1 WARMER DRAWER WELLS RW-26HD KEC KEC225 1 BREAD SLICER OLIVER #709 FRONT LOAD MINI SLICER KEC KEC226 2 SALAD TOP REFRIGERATOR DELFIELD CUSTOM KEC KEC227 2 DECORATIVE HEAT LAMP HATCO DL-400-CL KEC KEC228 1 DROP-IN PLATE CHILLER ATLAS METAL INDUSTRIES WDF-2 KEC KEC229 3 HOT FOOD WELL WELLS HW/SMP KEC KEC230 SPARE NUMBER231 1 HAND SINK ADVANCE TABCO 7-PS-88 KEC KEC232 2 UTILITY RACK NEW AGE INDUSTRIAL 1312 KEC KEC233 1 DIPPERWELL ASSEMBLY T & S BRASS B-2282-01-F05 KEC KEC234 1 REFRIGERATED RANGE BASE DELFIELD F2936C KEC KEC235 1 UNDER-FIRED BROILER VULCAN-HART VCCB36 KEC KEC236 1 CHEESE MELTER SOUTHBEND P32-CM KEC KEC237 1 4 BURNER MODULAR RANGE SOUTHBEND HDO-24 (* MODIFIED) KEC KEC238 1 SALAD TOP REFRIGERATOR DELFIELD F18RC82 KEC KEC239 1 PASTA FILLER FAUCET T & S BRASS B-0591/B-0200 VALVE KEC KEC240 1 8 BURNER MODULAR RANGE SOUTHBEND HDO-48 (* MODIFIED) KEC KEC241 1 REFRIGERATED RANGE BASE DELFIELD F2952C KEC KEC242 1 STONE HEARTH OVEN MARSAL & SONS INC. WF42 KEC KEC243 1 SLICE OVEN MARSAL & SONS INC. MB42 KEC KEC244 1 FRYER BATTERY PITCO 2-SSH55SSTC-S/FD KEC KEC245 1 4 BURNER MODULAR RANGE SOUTHBEND HDO-24 (* MODIFIED) KEC KEC246 2 REMOTE ICE MACHINE CONDENSER MANITOWOC ICVD-1496 KEC KEC247 2 ICE MACHINE MANITOWOC IY-1474C KEC KEC248 1 ICE BIN FOLLETT SG1475S-60 KEC KEC249 1 WATER FILTER SYSTEM EVERPURE EV9437-11 KEC KEC250 4 HAND SINK ADVANCE TABCO 7-PS-23-EC-SP KEC KEC251 1 PRE-RINSE SPRAY UNIT T & S BRASS B-0113-BC KEC KEC252 SPARE NUMBER253 1 WALL MOUNTED SINGLE SERVICE FAUCET T & S BRASS B-0702 + B-0972 KEC KEC254 1 WALL MOUNTED SERVICE FAUCET T & S BRASS B-0665-RGH +B-0972 KEC KEC255 1 WATER CIRCULATOR WELLS PW-106 KEC KEC256 1 WALL MOUNTED DOUBLE SWING FAUCET T & S BRASS B-0580 KEC KEC257 1 VEGETABLE DRYER HOBART SDPE KEC KEC258 2 PORTION SCALE ACCU-WEIGH SMN-28PK KEC KEC259 2 FOOD PROCESSOR ROBOT COUPE R301U KEC KEC260 1 FLOOR MIXER HOBART HL300 KEC KEC261 1 SLICER HOBART 2812 KEC KEC262 1 REACH-IN FREEZER TRAULSEN ALT232N-FHS KEC KEC263 1 6 BURNER MODULAR RANGE SOUTHBEND HDO-36 (* MODIFIED) KEC KEC264 1 POT FILLER FAUCET T & S BRASS B-0610 KEC KEC265 1 TILT BRAISING PAN CLEVELAND SGL-40-TR KEC KEC266 1 DOUBLE CONVECTION OVEN SOUTHBEND SLGS-22SC KEC KEC300 1 EXHAUST VENTILATOR CAPTIVEAIRE 6024ND-2-ACPSP-F KEC G.C.301 1 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ANSUL R-102UL KEC KEC302 1 EXHAUST VENTILATOR CAPTIVEAIRE 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F KEC G.C.303 SPARE NUMBER304 1 EXHAUST VENTILATOR CAPTIVEAIRE 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F KEC G.C.305 1 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ANSUL R-102UL KEC KEC306 1 EXHAUST VENTILATOR CAPTIVEAIRE 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F KEC KEC307 1 EXHAUST VENTILATOR CONTROL CABINET CAPTIVEAIRE SC-341110FP KEC G.C.400 1 WALL MOUNTED STORAGE SHELVING FOCUS FOODSERVICE KEC KEC401 7 DRY SHELVING UNITS FOCUS FOODSERVICE CHROMEMATE KEC KEC402 2 UTILITY RACK INTERMETRO INDUSTRIES RT115N KEC KEC403 1 WALK-IN COOLER KOLPAK CUSTOM KEC KEC404 1 WALK-IN COOLER COIL KOLPAK AM26-70-1EC-PR-4 KEC KEC405 1 REMOTE REFRIGERATION COMPRESSOR KOLPAK PC69MOP-2 KEC KEC406 LOT TRIM & ENCLOSURE PANELS KOLPAK CUSTOM KEC KEC407 1 WALL MOUNTED STORAGE SHELVING FOCUS FOODSERVICE KEC KEC408 1 WALL MOUNTED STORAGE SHELVING FOCUS FOODSERVICE KEC KEC409 5 WALK-IN SHELVING UNIT FOCUS FOODSERVICE FPS-PLUS KEC KEC410 SPARE NUMBER411 SPARE NUMBER412 SPARE NUMBER800 6 POS TERMINAL HOST HOST801 6 PRINTER HOST HOST802 3 TRASH RECEPTACLE HOST HOST803 2 SODA DISPENSING GUN BY COCA COLA BY MFG VENDOR VENDOR804 2 BEER TOWER W/ DRAINER PERLICK 4005-5B / 57120 HOST HOST

805 1 DISHMACHINE ECOLAB EC-44LR HOST VENDOR806 1 BOOSTER HEATER HATCO C-24 HOST VENDOR807 1 MOBILE GLASS RACK CARLISILE C2220A HOST HOST808 1 ICE BIN WITH SODA TOWER BY COCA COLA BY MFG VENDOR VENDOR809 4 PRINTER HOST HOST810 LOT SOAP AND TOWEL DISPENSERS HOST VDR811 1 SOILED LINEN BAG HOST HOST812 1 TRASH RECEPTACLE HOST HOST813 SPARE NUMBER814 2 120 GAL. HOT WATER HEATER AO SMITH G.C. G.C.815 1 MOP SINK ADVANCE TABCO 9-OP-28 G.C. G.C.816 SPARE NUMBER817 2 SODA CARBONATOR VENDOR VENDOR818 1 SODA DISPENSING RACK VENDOR VENDOR819 LOT WALL MOUNTED RECIPE BOOK G.C. G.C.820 1 RECIPE VIEWER HOST HOST821 2 MOBILE INGREDIENT BIN RUBBERMAID RUBBFG360088WHT HOST HOST

ITEMIZED EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

FOODSERVICE

03

Atla

nta

Inte

rnat

iona

l Airp

ort,

Spa

ce C

-F3

- C

arra

bba'

s Ita

lian

Gril

l

Carrabbas’s Italian Grill



PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 100 Bar Top & Die Assembly Quantity: Lot Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 101 Bar Top & Die Assembly Quantity: Lot Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 102 Bar Top & Die Assembly Quantity: Lot Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 103 Sneeze Guard Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 104 Stainless Steel Wall Flashing Quantity: Lot Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

20 ga. type 304 S/S construction with S/S trim strips at edges and seams.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 105 P.O.S. Counter Quantity: 1 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details.




PROJECT #: 14-248

___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 106 Linen Storage Cabinet Quantity:1 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 107 Stainless Steel Wall Shelf Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details.

GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 108 Beverage Counter Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/built-in Sink .

Provide w/basket waste and T&S model #B-0325 Faucet

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 109 Stainless Steel Wall Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 110 Sneeze Guard Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 111 Stone Pasta / Pizza Bar Top Quantity: 1 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 112 Salad Top Refrigerator Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Self-contained refrigeration system.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 113 Printer Shelf Quantity: 4 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 114 Bar Divider Wall Quantity: 2 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 115 Expediter Counter Quantity: 1 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details.




PROJECT #: 14-248

___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 116 Expediter Counter Top Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. __________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 117 Stone Pasta / Pizza Bar Top Quantity: 1 Furnish: GC Install: GC Manufacturer: Custom Millwork Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Architectural / I.D. plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 118 Chef’s Counter Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide built-in Hand Sink with splash guard on left & right side.

Provide w/basket waste and T&S model #B-0325 Faucet.

Fabricator to coordinate openings for built-in buy-out equipment.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 119 Three Compartment Sink Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/ (2) T&S model #B-0231-CC Faucet and B-0231-K Installation Kit.

Provide w/ (3) T&S model #B-3950-01 Twist Waste Valve.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 120 Soffit Mount Storage Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide with (2 ea.) San Jamar #CK6536A Ticket Rails.


GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 121 Wall Mounted Pot Rack Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/(2) S/S double pot hooks per foot.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details

GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 122 6” Equipment Stand Off Quantity: 12 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 123 Condiment Rail Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Mount to buy-out item #237.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 124 Wall Mounted Plate Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 125 Condiment Rail Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 126 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________

Item No.: 127 Spare Number ____________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 128 Condiment Rail Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 129 Pasta Rinse Station Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Mount Item #239 Pasta Filler Faucet to top of splash.

Requires 48” flex plumbing connection with quick disconnect for Faucet.

Provide w/ heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 130 Hose Rack Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 131 Stainless Steel Corner Guards Quantity: 23 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ____________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 132 Soiled Dishtable Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide W/ 20”x20”x8” D Soak and Scrap sinks with removable perforated scrap baskets.

Provide Soak Sink with T & S Brass B-1113-XS Faucet

Provide (2) T & S #B-3950-01 Twist Waste Valve

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 133 Glass Rack Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:



Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 135 Stainless Steel Vent Sleeve Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide S/S Trim angle at ceiling penetration.

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 136 Dish Rack Storage Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Mounts to Item #135 Stainless Steel Vent Sleeves.





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 137 Clean Dish Table Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:



GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 139 Stainless Steel Wall Flashing Quantity: Lot Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:




GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 141 Mobile Ice Bath Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/ heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes.

Fabricator to coordinate installation built-in buy-out equipment.





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 142 Work Table With Sinks Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide with T & S Brass B-0231 Faucet

Provide (2) T & S Brass #B-3950-01 Twist Waste Valve.



GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 144 Wall Mounted Pot Rack Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/(2) S/S double pot hooks per foot


GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 145 Stainless Steel Wall Shelf Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 146 Work Table with Sink Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide with T & S Brass B-0231 Faucet

Provide T & S Brass #B-3950-01 Twist Waste Valve.





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 147 Mobile Range Stand Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:

Provide w/ 4” heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes.



Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 149 Broom & Mop Holder Quantity: Lot Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:


GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 150 Condiment Rail Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Custom S/S Model No.:




GC to provide wall backing / blocking ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 200 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 201 Bar Blender Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Vita-Mix Model No.: 5028-BARBOSS

Per manufacturers standard specifications.

Provide w/ 2 ea. Additional blender containers. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 202 Cocktail Station Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: CM1528


Provide the following Perlick items ‘banked together’ for a complete unit: (2) TSD12 Drainboard,(1) TSD36IC10 Ice Chest w/ NSF Sealed-In Cold Plate, (1) SR-S48 Speed Rail, (2) SR-H24 Hang-On SpeedRail, (1) 7055-118 Add-On Blender Unit, (1) BW6-36 Bottle Well / Cover Assembly

___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 203 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 204 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 205 Single Speed Rail Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: SR-S36

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 206 Mug Froster Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: FR36


Provide with locking casters. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 207 Underbar Cooler Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: BBS84L


5 year Compressor Warranty

Provide w/ compressor located left (L).

Stainless Steel doors hinged (LRR).

Stainless Steel Condensing Unit Cover

Full length Stainless Steel Door Handles

Provide w/ legs and adjustable Kick Plate Panel ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 208 Spare Number Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: TS24IC10


Provide with sliding cover. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 209 Underbar Hand Sink Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: TSD18HSN

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 210 Glass Washer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Bar Maid Model No.: SS-100

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 211 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 212 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 213 Espresso Machine Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Nespresso Model No.: GEMINI / CS100 PRO

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 214 Underbar Glass Cabinet Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: CM8878-TSD

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 215 Three Compartment Sink Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: TSD74C


Provide w/ optional apron trash cutouts for waste receptacle clearance/access. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 216 Underbar Cooler Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: BBS84R


5 year Compressor Warranty

Provide w/ compressor located right (R).

Stainless Steel doors hinged (LLR).

Stainless Steel Condensing Unit Cover

Full length Stainless Steel Door Handles

Provide w/ legs and adjustable Kick Plate Panel ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 217 Bar Freezer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Beverage Air Model No.: UCF20


5 yr. compressor warranty ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 218 Bar Top Drainer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.: CM1508


Special Bar Top Inserted Drainer, 18” x 24” with a perforated insert. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 219 Drop-In Ice Cream Freezer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Delfield Model No.: N225


5 yr. compressor warranty ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 220 Glass Filler Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-1230


Mounted into Item #108 Beverage Counter ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 221 Ice Tea Brewer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Bunn-O-Matic Model No.: 36700.0059


Provide w/ quick-disconnect.

Connect Item to filtered water. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 222 Ice Tea Dispenser Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Bunn-O-Matic Model No.: 34100.0002

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 223 Coffee Brewer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Bunn-O-Matic Model No.: 12950.0360


Provide w/ quick-disconnect.

Connect Item to filtered water. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 224 Warmer Drawer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Wells Model No.: RW-26HD


208 Volt 1 phase operation. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 225 Bread Slicer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Oliver Model No.: #709

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 226 Salad Top Refrigerator Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Delfield Model No.: Custom


Model BS72 custom with drawers and reduced height raised rail per plan

Composite cutting board.

5 yr. compressor warranty.

Provide w/ heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 227 Decorative Heat Lamp Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Hatco Model No.: DL-400-CL


Finish as specified by Interior Design documents. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 228 Drop-In Plate Chiller Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Atlas Metal Industries Model No.: WDF-2


Provide with RS remote On/Off switch.

5 yr. compressor warranty. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 229 Hot Food Well Quantity: 3 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Wells Model No.: HW/SMP


120 Volt 1 phase operation. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 230 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 231 Hand Sink Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model No.: 7-PS-88


GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 232 Utility Rack Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: New Age Industrial Model No.: 1312

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 233 Dipperwell Assembly Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-2282-01-F05





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 234 Refrigerated Range Base Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Delfield Model No.: F2936C



Provide w/ 4” casters – two (2) w/ brakes ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 235 Under-Fired Broiler Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Vulcan-Hart Model No.: VCCB36


Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 236 Cheese Melter Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: P32-CM


GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 237 4 Burner Modular Range Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: HDO-24


Provide with 4” flue riser.

20K front burners and 15K back burners.

Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 238 Salad Top Refrigerator Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Delfield Model No.: Custom


Model BS82 custom with drawers/door and reduced height raised rail per plan

Composite cutting board.


Provide w/ heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 239 Pasta Filler Faucet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0591


Provide with B-0200 mixing valve

24” double joint nozzle.

Heat resistant o-rings & swivel sleeves.

Mounted to Item #129 Pasta Rinse Station. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 240 8 Burner Modular Range Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: HDO-48




Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 241 Refrigerated Range Base Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Delfield Model No.: F2952C



Provide w/ 4” casters – two (2) w/ brakes. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 242 Stone Hearth Oven Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Marsal & Sons Inc, Model No.: WF42


WF42/MB42 Stacked Unit.

Exterior finish treatment by owner/contractor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 243 Slice Oven Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Marsal & Sons Inc. Model No.:MB42


Included with Item MB242 Stone Hearth Oven. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 244 Fryer Battery Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Pitco Model No.: 2-SSH55SSTC-S/FD


Provide with 18” splash guard on left side.

Provide with tank cover.

Casters.

Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 245 4 Burner Modular Range Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: HDO-24




Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 246 Remote Ice Machine Condenser Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Manitowoc Model No.: ICVD-1496


208/230 Volt 1 phase operation.

On building roof- verify location and conditions. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 247 Ice Machine Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Manitowoc Model No.: IY-1474C


Connect to filtered water. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 248 Ice Bin Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Follett Model No.: SG1475S-60


Provide with center bin partition ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 249 Water Filter System Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: EVERPURE Model No.: EV9437-11

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 250 Hand Sink Quantity: 4 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model No.: 7-PS-23-EC-SP


GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 251 Pre-Rinse Spray Unit Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0113-BC

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 252 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 253 Wall Mounted Single Service Faucet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0702 + B-0972

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 254 Wall Mounted Service Faucet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0655-RGH + B-0972

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 255 Water Circulator Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Wells Model No.: PW-106


Built-into Item #141 Mobile Ice Bath __________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 256 Wall Mounted Double Swing Faucet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0580





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 257 Vegetable Dryer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Hobart Model No.: SDPE

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 258 Portion Scale Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Accu-Weigh Model No.: SMN-28PK

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 259 Food Processor Quantity: 2 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Robot Coupe Model No.: R301U

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 260 Floor Mixer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Hobart Model No.: HL300


Provide with “ED” dough hook.

208 Volt 1 phase operation. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 261 Slicer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Hobart Model No.: 2812





PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 262 Reach-In Freezer Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Traulsen Model No.: ALT232N-FHS



Provide with (2) additional wire shelves per compartment. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 263 6 Burner Modular Range Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: HDO-36



26K front and back burners.

Provide with mobile Stainless Steel stand.

Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 264 Pot Filler Faucet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: T & S Brass Model No.: B-0610

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 265 Tilt Braising Pan Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Cleveland Model No.: SGL-40-TR


Power Tilt

Provide with 2” Tangent Draw-Off Valve

Provide with “SLD” Drain Drawer ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 266 Double Convection Oven Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Southbend Model No.: SLGS-22SC


Provide w/ heavy-duty casters – two (2) w/ brakes.

Provide with matching gas quick-disconnect and wall restraint. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 300 Exhaust Ventilator (Type I) Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Captive Aire Model No.: 6024ND-2-ACPSP-F


Incandescent light fixtures (High Temp Assembly).

UL Listed.

Provide w/ one (1) additional set of grease filters

430 Stainless Steel

Pre-piped for Ansul system ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 301 Fire Suppression System Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Ansul Model No.: R-102UL

Provide in accordance with plans, specifications, and details.

Chrome piping.

Manual pull stations as required by code. Locations per local authority. Note: Gas solenoid valve to be installed by plumbing contractor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 302 Exhaust Ventilator (Type I) Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Captive Aire Model No.: 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F



UL Listed.


430 Stainless Steel

Pre-piped for Ansul system ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 303 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 304 Exhaust Ventilator (Type I) Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Captive Aire Model No.: 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F



UL Listed.


430 Stainless Steel

Pre-piped for Ansul system ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 305 Fire Suppression System Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Ansul Model No.: R-102UL


Chrome piping.

Manual pull stations as required by code. Locations per local authority. Note: Gas solenoid valve to be installed by plumbing contractor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 306 Exhaust Ventilator (Type I) Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Captive Aire Model No.: 6624ND-2-ACPSP-F



UL Listed.


430 Stainless Steel

Pre-piped for Ansul system ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 307 Exhaust Ventilator Control Cabinet Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Captive Aire Model No.: SC-341110FP


E.C. to interconnect to Fire Suppression Systems and Exhaust Ventilators.




PROJECT #: 14-248

___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 400 Wall Mounted Storage Shelving Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: GC Manufacturer: Focus Foodservice Model No.:


1 #FF1836 shelf.

2 #FWB18SCH brackets.

GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 401 Dry Shelving Unit Quantity: 7 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Focus Foodservice Model No.: CHROMATE


Sizes and configuration per plan

Shelves per unit per plan

Four (4) #FGN086C posts per unit

One (1) #FSCACT5 caster set per unit Note: Bottom shelf to be mounted at 6” AFF or per Local Health Department requirements with remaining shelves to be equally spaced. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 402 Utility Rack Quantity: 3 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: InterMetro Industries Model No.: RT115N

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 403 Walk-In Cooler Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Kolpak Model No.: CUSTOM


Size and shape per plan, height to be 8’-6”

Interior walls and ceilings to be 26 ga. embossed galvanized pre-painted white.

Exterior walls and ceilings to be 26 ga. embossed galvanized. Exposed panels to be pre-painted white.

Doors to be 34” x 78” with 14” x 14” viewport and heated frame. 36” high aluminum treadplate kickplate on both sides. Three hinges per door.




PROJECT #: 14-248

4” insulated structural floor with .100 smooth aluminum surface.

Interior ramp as indicated on plans.

2” dial thermometer on interior

36” high aluminum diamond treadplate wainscot where required

TM-165 audio / visual alarm on exterior.

Kason 1806 LED vapor proof light placed on side of each door frame.

Kason 1810 LED light on ceiling in each compartment.

Heavy duty light switch located at entry door.

24 ga. Galvanized trim pre-painted white wherever structure meet walls or ceiling. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 404 Walk-In Cooler Coil Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Kolpak Model No.: AM26-70-1EC-PR-4


120 Volt operation.

Five year warranty ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 405 Remote Refrigeration Compressor Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Kolpak Model No.: PC69MOP-2


Five year warranty

Pre-assembled remote.

Air cooled

Hermetic

208 Volt 1 phase operation.

Located above Walk-In Cooler. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 406 Trim & Enclosure Panels Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Kolpak Model No.: Custom


24 ga. Galvanized trim pre-painted white wherever structure meet walls or ceiling ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 407 Wall Mounted Storage Shelving Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Focus Foodservice Model No.:


2 #FF136 shelves.


1 #FWB14DCH bracket

GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 408 Wall Mounted Storage Shelving Quantity: 1 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Focus Foodservice Model No.:


2 #FF1448 shelves.


1 #FWB14DCH bracket

GC to provide wall backing / blocking. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 409 Shelving Unit Quantity: 5 Furnish: KEC Install: KEC Manufacturer: Focus Foodservice Model No.: FPS-PLUS


Sizes and configuration per plan

Four (4) shelves per unit

Four (4) #FGN063G posts per unit

One (1) #FSCACT5 caster set per unit Note: Bottom shelf to be mounted at 6” AFF or per Local Health Department requirements with remaining shelves to be equally spaced. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 410 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 411 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 412 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 800 P.O.S. Terminal Quantity: 6 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:


Verify requirements. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 801 Printer Quantity: 6 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:


Verify requirements. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 802 Trash Receptacle Quantity: 3 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Owner Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 803 Soda Dispensing Gun Quantity: 2 Furnish: VENDOR Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Item to be provided and installed by Host’s vendor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 804 Beer Tower w/ Drainer Quantity: 1 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: Perlick Model No.:4005-5B / 57120

Item to be provided and installed by Host’s vendor. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 805 Dishmachine Quantity: 1 Furnish: Host Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: ECOLAB Model No.: EC-44LR


Provide w/Booster heater

208 Volt 3 phase operation. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 806 Booster Heater Quantity: 1 Furnish: Host Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: ECOLAB (Hobart) Model No.: C-24


Provided with Dishmachine

208 Volt 3 phase operation. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 807 Mobile Glass Rack Quantity: 1 Furnish: HOST Install: HOST Manufacturer: Carlisile Model No.: C2220A

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 808 Ice Bin with Soda Tower Quantity: 1 Furnish: VENDOR Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Item to be provided and installed by Host’s vendor.

Provide with S/S Base Cabinet ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 809 Printer Quantity: 4 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:


Verify requirements. ___________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 810 Soap and Towel Dispenser Quantity: Lot Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 811 Soiled Linen Bag Quantity: Lot Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 812 Trash Receptacle Quantity: 1 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Owner Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 813 Spare Number ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 814 Hot Water Heater Quantity: 2 Furnish: G.C. Install: G.C. Manufacturer: AO Smith Model No.: DSE 120

Per manufacturers standard specifications. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 815 Mop Sink Quantity: 1 Furnish: G.C. Install: G.C. Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model No.: 9-OP-28

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 816 Spare Number ____________________________________________________________________________________




PROJECT #: 14-248

Item No.: 817 Soda Carbonator Quantity: 2 Furnish: VENDOR Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Item to be provided and installed by Host’s vendor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 818 Soda Dispensing Rack Quantity: 1 Furnish: VENDOR Install: VENDOR Manufacturer: By Vendor Model No.:

Item to be provided and installed by Host’s vendor. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 819 Wall Mounted Recipe Book Quantity: Lot Furnish: G.C. Install: G.C. Manufacturer: G.C. Specify Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. __________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 820 Recipe Viewer Quantity: 1 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: By Owner Model No.:

Provide in accordance with Foodservice plans, specifications, and details. ___________________________________________________________________________________ Item No.: 821 Mobile Ingredient Bin Quantity: 2 Furnish: Host Install: Host Manufacturer: Rubbermaid Model No.: RUBBFG360088WHT


EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS

FOODSERVICE

04

Atla

nta

Inte

rnat

iona

l Airp

ort,

Spa

ce C

-F3

- C

arra

bba'

s Ita

lian

Gril

l

IDG #14-248 Carrabba's Italian Grill - Atlanta International Airport 112

Custom Stainless Fabrication


CUSTOM STAINLESS FABRICATION

Your Signature Drinks Start HereThe BarBoss is the smart machine for efficient, quality blending. With the timer and automatic shut-off, start the blender and walk away! The BarBoss is the simple, easy way to create signature drinks.

Smart Product Design• Timer with automatic shut-off allows you to

serve other customers while blending, resulting in improved speed of service

•Automatically shifts from low to high during blending for best quality drinks

•Powerful, thermally-protected motor handles dense ingredients without overheating

Las bebidas que le destacarán comienzan aquíLa BarBoss es una máquina inteligente que permite hacer licuados de calidad de manera eficaz. Gracias al temporizador y al apagado automático ¡podrá encender la licuadora e irse sin preocuparse! La BarBoss es la manera sencilla y fácil de crear las bebidas que le destacarán.

Diseño inteligente de producto•El temporizador con apagado automático le

permite servir a otros clientes mientras licua, lo que da como resultado una mejora en la velocidad de trabajo

•Cambia automáticamente de bajo a alto durante el licuado para obtener bebidas de mejor calidad

•El potente motor, con protección térmica, procesa ingredientes espesos sin sobrecalentarse

BArBoss®

vitamix.com/foodservice


Vita-Mix 5028-BARBOSS

Product specifications / Especificaciones del Producto

BarBoss® Item Number: 5028Motor: ≈2 peak output horsepower motorElectrical: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 11.5 APack: Includes BarBoss with 64 oz. high-impact, clear container, complete with blade assembly and lid, and red base.Net Weight: 12.2 lbs. (13.8 lbs. with box)Dimensions: 20.3 x 8.0 x 9.0 in. (H x W x D)

Made in the U.S.A. with a minimum of 70% U.S.A. content. FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. Warranty: In the U.S.A. and Canada, the BarBoss is backed by a three-year limited warranty on motor base parts and a one-year limited warranty on parts and labor on the full unit. For more information regarding this warranty, please call 1.440.235.0214 for customer service.

BarBoss®

Tema Número: 5028Motor: Motor de ≈ 2 caballos de potencia máxima de salidaEléctrico: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 11,5 AEmbalaje: Incluye una BarBoss con vaso de 2,0 L transparente y resistente a impactos, completo con conjunto de cuchillas y tapa, y con base roja.Peso Neto: 5,5 kg (6,3 kg con caja)Dimensiones: 51,4 x 20,3 x 22,9 cm (A x A x P)

Fabricado en los EE. UU. con un mínimo de 70% de material estadounidense. SOLAMENTE PARA USO COMERCIAL.

Garantía: En EE. UU. y Canadá, la BarBoss está respaldada por una garantía limitada de tres años sobre las piezas básicas del motor y por una garantía limitada de un año sobre las piezas y mano de obra de toda la unidad. Para obtener más información con respecto a esta garantía, comuníquese con el servicio de atención al cliente llamando al 1.440.235.0214.

Also Available / Disponible También

Item Number / Tema Número:

5029: BarBoss with 48 oz. high-impact, clear/stackable container, complete with blade assembly and lid, and grey base.

BarBoss con vaso de 1,4 L transparente, apilable y resistente a impactos, completo con conjunto de cuchillas y tapa, y con base gris.

Additional Containers / Vasos Adicionales:

Complete with blade assembly and lid. Completo con juego de cuchillas y tapa.

Item Number / Tema Número:

756: 64 oz. container / 2,0 L vaso

15506: 48 oz. container / 1,4 L vaso

15640: 32 oz. compact container / 0,9 L vaso compacto

Unit is available in international voltages, please contact Vitamix international customer service for information.La unidad está disponible en voltajes internacionales; comuníquese con el Servicio internacional de atención al cliente de Vitamix para obtener más información.

Contact Information / Información de Contacto

U.S.A., Canada & Latin America:Tel: 800.4DRINK4 or 440.235.0214E-mail: [email protected] Outside of U.S.A., Canada & Latin America:Tel: +1.440.782.2450E-mail: [email protected]

vitamix.com/foodservice Vita-Mix Corporation 8615 Usher Road Cleveland, OH 44138-2103 U.S.A. For more information, contact your local foodservice distributor.Para obtener más información, comuníquese con su distribuidor local de servicios alimenticios.

©2012 Vita-Mix® Corporation 102634 3/12

Where Applicable / según Corresponda :

5028

8.0 in.20,3 cm

20.3 in.51,4 cm

7.2 in.18,3 cm

9.0 in.22,9 cm

23.8 in.60,3 cm


Vita-Mix 5028-BARBOSS


Perlick CM1528

11 3/8”[288]

3 15/16”[99]

5 3/8”[137]

LENGTH

4”[102]

2 7/16”[62]

3 1/2”[88]

14 1/4”[361]

9 1/4”[235]

LENGTH

9 3/8”[238]

12 3/4”[324]

2”[50]

3 7/8”[98]

10”[254]

4”[102]

LENGTH

3”[76]

14 1/8” [359]BOTTLE

CLEARANCE

LENGTH 4”[102]

5 9/16”[141]

10”[254]

2”[51]

17 3/4”[451]

14 1/8 [359]BOTTLE

CLEARANCE3 7/8”[98]

4”[102]

3”[76]

LENGTH

Form No. ACC-03Rev. 03.06.06

8300 West Good Hope Road • Milwaukee, WI 53223 • Phone 414-353-7060 • Fax 414-353-7069Toll Free 800-558-5592 • E-Mail: [email protected] • www.Perlick.com

UNDERBAR ACCESSORIESSPEED RAILS

Perlick is committed to continuous improvement.Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice.

Job ________________________Area________________________Item No._____________________Model No. ___________________

LENGTH INS. (mm) PART NO.12” (305) SR-S1218” (457) SR-S1824” (610) SR-S2428” (711) SR-S2830” (762) SR-S3036” (914) SR-S3642” (1067) SR-S4248” (1219) SR-S4854” (1372) SR-S5460” (1524) SR-S6066” (1676) SR-S6672” (1829) SR-S7278” (1981) SR-S7884” (2134) SR-S8490” (2286) SR-S9096” (2438) SR-S96

STANDARD SPEED RAILS

STANDARD SPEED RAILS

LENGTH INS. (mm) PART NO.12” (305) SR-H1218” (457) SR-H1824” (610) SR-H2428” (711) SR-H2830” (762) SR-H3036” (914) SR-H36

HANG-ON SPEED RAILS

HANG-ON SPEED RAILS

For Field Installed: Add “R” suffix to part number.

For use on Locking Bottle Rails:Add “N” suffix to part number.

LENGTH INS. (mm) PART NO.18” (457) SR-SL1824” (610) SR-SL2430” (762) SR-SL3036” (914) SR-SL3642” (1067) SR-SL4248” (1219) SR-SL48

LOCKING SPEED RAILS

LOCKING SPEED RAILS

DUAL LOCKING SPEED RAILS

DUAL LOCKING SPEED RAILS


LENGTH INS. (mm) PART NO.18” (457) SR-DL1824” (610) SR-DL2430” (762) SR-DL3036” (914) SR-DL36



LENGTH INS. (mm) PART NO.12” (305) SR-D1218” (457) SR-D1824” (610) SR-D2428” (711) SR-D2830” (762) SR-D3036” (914) SR-D3642” (1067) SR-D4248” (1219) SR-D48

DUAL SPEED RAILS

DUAL SPEED RAILS


Perlick SR-S36

Glass frosters

Perlick features

• Two,three,fourandfivefootmodels.

• Stainlessorblackvinylcoatedsteelexteriors.

• Selfcontained,noplumbingrequired.

• Pushbuttondefrostsystem.

• Interiorfloordrainremovesmeltingiceduring defrostcycle.

• Reinforceddoormullionwillnotbendorsag.

• Dentresistantheavygaugedoors.

• Heavydutyconstruction.

• Twentyfourinchfronttobackdimensionmatches depthofunderbarstainlesssteel.

• Efficient,balancedrefrigerationsystem.

• Dependableexpansionvalvesystem.

• Quietrunning,highefficiencycompressor.

• Doorframeheaterpreventscondensation.

• Stainlesssteelinteriorstandard.

• Optionalvinyl-coatednestingshelvesandbottomrack.

• Optionalthirdshelfforthree,fourandfivefootmodelsadds25%moreglassstoragecapacity.

8300WestGoodHopeRoad•Milwaukee,WI53223•Phone414-353-7060•Fax414-353-7069TollFree800-558-5592•E-Mail:[email protected]•www.Perlick.com

MoDel Nos.■ FR24 Series■ FR36 Series■ FR48 Series■ FR60 Series

CLASSIFIED

SANITATION

CLASSIFIED TONSFI NO 7-1990

FormNo.120303Rev.07.14.10

fr24 series fr48 series


Perlick FR36

FormNo.120303Rev.07.14.10


SizesandSpecificationsGlassFrosters

Job___________________________Area __________________________ItemNo._______________________ModelNo._____________________

Perlickiscommittedtocontinuousimprovement.Therefore,wereservetherighttochangespecificationswithoutpriornotice.

CLASSIFIED

SANITATION

CLASSIFIED TONSFI NO 7-1990

FR24

24” [610]

9 5/8” [244]

8 7/8” [225]

OPTIONALFIELD

INSTALLEDSHELF

LOCATION

FACTORYINSTALLED

SHELFLOCATION

24” [610]11 5/8”[296] 2”

[51]2”

[51]

19 1/4”[489]

INSIDE34 1/8”[867]

5 3/4”[146]

5 3/4”[146]

6 5/8”[169]

2”[51]

2”[51]

FRONT VIEW24” CABINET

END VIEW24” CABINET

11 5/8”[295]

2” [50]

34”[864]

6 7/8”[175]

7”[178]

2” [50] 2” [50] 2” [50]

24” [610]

OPTIONALSHELF

FRONT VIEW36”, 48”, 60” CABINET

END VIEW36”, 48”, 60” CABINET

17 3/16”[437]

HOUSINGSTEP

27 7/8”[708]

INSIDE

36” [914]48” [1219]60” [1524]

13 7/8” [352]TOP SHELF

7” [178]CENTER SHELF

7” [178]BOTTOM SHELF

MoDel Nos. fr24 fr36 fr48 fr60

CABINETDIMENSIONS

Length-Inches(mm) 24”(610) 36”(915) 48”(1219) 60”(1524)Depth-Inches(mm) 24”(610) 24”(610) 24”(610) 24”(610)Height-Inches(mm) 341/8”(867) 34”(864) 34”(864) 34”(864)

INTERIORCUBICFOOT(m3) 3.75(0.10) 7.83(0.22) 11.68(0.33) 15.53(0.44)PLATECAPACITY† 135Plates 215Plates 300Plates 400PlatesGLASSCAPACITY†-(w/2OptionalShelves) 90Glasses 142glasses 214glasses 286glassesGLASSCAPACITY†-(w/OptionalThirdShelf) N/A 172glasses 273glasses 363glassesCONDENSERUNITH.P. 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3AMPS 5.8 6.8 6.2 7.1SHIPWTLbs.(kg) 190(86) 245(111) 265(120) 300(136)INTERIOR Allmodelshavestainlesssteelwallsandfloor.

ExTERIOR

Choiceofblack,stainlesssteelandallstainless.Black option:Frontandendsareblackvinylcoatedsteel,backandbottomaregalvanized.stainless steel option:Frontandendsarestainlesssteel,backandbottomaregalvanized.all stainless option:Front,ends,backandbottomareallstainlesssteel.

DOORS(Sliding) Stainlesssteeltopandbottompans.Diecasthandle.

ELECTRICAL 115V,60Hz.,1Phase.Furnishedwith6footrubberplug-incord(115Vmodelonly).Alsoavailablein230V,50Hz.,1PhaseAC.carriesmarkingofconformity.

PLUMBING Nonerequired.Moisturedrainstoself-evaporatingcondensingpaninmachinerycompartment.INSULATION 2inchfoamed-in-placepolyurethaneinsulation.TEMPERATURERANGE Adjustablefrom-10°to+10°F.REFRIGERATION R134aexpansionvalvesystemwithhermeticcondensingunit.Pullsoutforserviceandcleaning.

VENTILATION 2’modelisfrontvented,allothermodelsrequire2”clearancefromwalleitheronleftendorbackofcabinetforproperairflow.

DEFROSTSYSTEMSolid-state,push-buttondefrostsystem,manuallyinitiatedatendofeachday,automaticallyterminatesaftersixhours.Evaporatorautomaticallydefrostsevery4hoursforapproximately20minutes(time/temperatureterminated).

OPTIONALACCESSORIES&MODIFICATIONS

•Additionalsetofnestingshelvesw/brackets•Setof4castersw/brakes•Interiorlight•Setof4adjustablelegs•2’,3’,4’and5’Bottlerail(fieldinstalled)•Rollerbasketshelving•Thermometer(installed)

FR48

†Capacitycalculationsbasedonuseof3"Dia.glassand91/2"Dia.x1/2"plate.


Perlick FR36

hand sink with towel dispenser

perlick Features

• Deepdrawnstainlesssteelbowl.

• NSFlisted,commercialgrade hot/coldwaterfaucet.

• 16oz.pumpsoapdispenser.

• Dispenserforfoldedorrolled papertowels.

• Sanitaryendsplashes.

• Undersideissound-deadened.

• Stainlesssteellegsinstallwithout toolsandhave“RustFree” Thermoplasticfeet.


Model nos.TSD Series

■ TSD18HSN■ TSD18HST

Model nos.TS Series

■ TS18HSN■ TS18HST

FormNo.SK01Rev.04.30.08


Perlick TSD18HSN

Model nos. ts(d)18hsn ts(d)18hst LENGTHIns.(mm) 18”(457) 18”(457)SHIPWTlbs.(kg) 60(27) 60(27)TOWELDISPENSER Folded Roll8”WideTOP&SIDES Stainlesssteel.BacK&BOTTOM Galvanizedsteel.BacKSPLaSH General and ts series:Stainlesssteel6”high(4” high optional)with1”returnattop,mechanically fastenedandsealedwithsteelsupportbracketsandfullheightendsplashes.tsd series:Stainless steelreardeck.LEGS 15/8”tubular,stainlesssteelwith1”adjustablethermoplasticfoot.DOOR Stainlesssteelhingedwithmagneticcatches.BOWL 10”x14”x91/4”deep.Undercoatedtoabsorbsound.allhorizontalandverticaledges11/2”radius withballedcorners.Furnishedwith11/2”stainlesssteeldrainsocket.81/2”standpipe.WaTERFaUcET chromeplated,hotandcold,gooseneckspoutfaucet.Heavy-dutyallbrassconstruction.PLUMBING Drain-connection-11/2”NPSMale.Hotandcoldwaterconnection:ts series:3/8”O.D.copper supplytubes.tsd series:1/2”IPSshanksandnuts.



SizesandSpecificationsHandSinkwithTowelDispenser

Job___________________________area __________________________ItemNo._______________________ModelNo._____________________



Perlick TSD18HSN


Bar Maid SS-100

You are connected to the Nespresso UK website. If you want to receive your delivery in another country, please follow this link.

GEMINI | CS 100 PRO OVERVIEW DETAILS

0808 100 8844( Freephone number )

Send an email

Weight : 9.7 kg Removable water tanks : 3 l Used capsules container capacity : 30 Power rating (in watts) : 1300 W Dimensions(WxDxH)(cm) : 20.8 x 44.1 x 35.3 cm (WxDxH)

CONTACT US

Page 1 of 1Nespresso - Machine Detail Page

4/2/2014http://www.nespresso.com/pro/uk/en/product/CS100/EUR


Nespresso Gemini / CS100 PRO


Perlick CM-8878

Perlick Features

• Deepdrawnstainlesssteelbowls.

• NSFlisted,commercialgrade hot/coldwaterfaucet.

• Embossedstainlesssteeldrainboard.

• Undersideissound-deadened.

• Stainlesssteellegsinstallwithout toolsandhave“RustFree” Thermoplasticfeet.


Model Nos.TSD Series■ TSD44C■ TSD64C■ TSD74C■ TSD84C■ TSD94C

Model Nos.TS Series■ TS44C■ TS64C■ TS74C■ TS84C■ TS94C


Four taNk siNks – staiNless steel bowls


Perlick TSD74C

Model Nos. ts(d)44C ts(d)64C ts(d)74C ts(d)84C ts(d)94C LENGTHFT.(mm) 4’(1219) 6’(1829) 7’(2134) 8’(2438) 9’(2743)SHIPWTlbs.(kg) 125(57) 150(68) 165(75) 200(91) 220(100)DRAINBOARDLOCATION N/A Left/Right Left/Right Left/Right Left/RightDRAINBOARD

N/A 12”(305) 18”(458) 24”(610) 30”(762)

LENGTHINS.(mm) eachside eachside eachside eachsideFRONT&SIDES Stainlesssteel.BACK&BOTTOM Galvanizedsteel.BACKSPLASH Stainlesssteel6”high(4” high optional)with1”returnattop,mechanicallyfastenedandsealedwith steelsupportbrackets.tsd series:Stainlesssteelreardeck.LEGS 15/8”tubular,stainlesssteelwith1”adjustablethermoplasticfoot.DRAINBOARD Embossedstainlesssteel,16”deepfronttobackwith11/2”stainlesssteeldrainsocket.Allhorizontal andverticaledges1/4”radiuswithballedcorners.Undersidesounddeadenedandreinforcedwith weldedbrackets.BOWLS Stainlesssteelwithundercoatingtoabsorbsound.10”x14”x91/4”deep.Allhorizontalandvertical edges11/2”radiuswithballedcorners.Furnishedwith11/2”stainlesssteeldrainsocket.81/2”standpipe.WATERFAUCET Chromeplated,hotandcold,18”double-jointedswingspoutfaucet. Heavy-dutyallbrassconstruction.PLUMBING Drain-connection-11/2”NPSMale.Hotandcoldwaterconnection:ts series:3/8”coppersupply tubes.tsd series:1/2”IPSshanksandnuts.



SizesandSpecificationsFourTankSinks-StainlessSteel

Job__________________________Area _________________________ItemNo.______________________ModelNo.____________________



Perlick TSD74C

Item No. Quantity

SHALLOW DEPTH UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATORS AND FREEZERS FOOD PREPARATION SERIES

MODELS: UCR20 UCF20 UCR27 UCF27 UCR34

Commercial Refrigeration Equipment General Specification

UCR / UCF27

UCR/UCF SERIES UNDERCOUNTER UNITS Whenever space is a limiting factor and health inspection approval is critical, compact, shallow-depth refrigerators and freezers have provided the answer. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Models feature construction with stainless steel exteriors and aluminum interiors. Cabinets are insulated with 2” thick CFC and HCFC-free foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation for maximum energy conservation and structural integrity. Doors are mounted to cabinet on heavy duty self-closing, cartridge style hinges with 120° stay open position. Doors are equipped with a snap-in-place vinyl magnetic gasket for pos-itive seal. Convenient, double pull style door handle is made of black anodized aluminum. 6” high legs are standard. Cabinet interior standard with 2 steel wire epoxy coated shelves per section. REFRIGERATION Balanced refrigeration systems provide refrigerator holding temperatures of 35° to 38° range. Freezer model tempera-ture is held at zero and below. Refrigerants used are R134a in the refrigerators and 404a in the freezer. Both are CFC and HCFC-free providing full compliance with environmental concerns. Interior forced-air system with high humidity evaporator coils, provides the ideal environment for food preservation. ELECTRICAL Units wired at factory and ready for connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. 8’ long cord and plug set included. SPECIAL FEATURES Cartridge style door hinges provides positive seal &

eliminates door sagging issues (excludes glass door and some special units).

Optional 3” or 6” casters available

UCR / UCF20

Available From:

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION Units pre-wired at factory and include 8’ long cord and plug set.

UCR34

3779 Champion Blvd., Winston-Salem, NC 27105 1-888-845-9800 Fax# 1-336-245-6453 http://www.Beverage-Air.com


Beverage-Air UCF20

Store# Quantity

Model Specified Location

Shallow Depth Undercounter Refrigerators/Freezers Models: UCR20Y, UCF20, UCR27Y, UCF27, UCR34Y

MODEL UCR20Y UCF20 UCR27Y UCR34Y

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONAL DATA

Length Overall (inches) Length Overall (mm)

20” 508

20” 508

27” 686

34” 864

Depth Overall (inches) - Less handle Depth Overall (mm) - Less handle

22” 559

22” 559

27 3/4” 705

23 5/8” 600

Height Overall— on 6” legs (inches) Height Overall—on 6” legs (mm)

31 1/8” 791

31 1/8” 791

34 1/2” 876

31” 787

Depth with Door Open 90 o 40 1/2” 40 1/2” 53 1/4” 38”

Clear Door Opening (inches) 15 3/4” x 18 3/16” 15 3/4” x 18 3/16” 22 1/2” x 21 3/8” 13/ 1/8” x 18”

Number of doors 1 1 1 2

INTERNAL DIMENSIONAL DATA

NET Capacity (cubic ft.) NET Capacity (Liters)

2.7 77

2.7 77

6.2 176

5.5 156

Internal Length Overall (inches) Internal Length Overall (mm)

16” 406

16” 406

23” 584

29 3/8” 746

Internal Depth Overall (inches) Internal Depth Overall (mm)

13” 330

13” 330

18” 457

17” 432

Internal Height Overall (inches) Internal Height Overall (mm)

19” 483

19” 483

23” 584

19” 483

Number of shelves 2 2 2 4

ELECTRICAL DATA

Full Load Amperes 115/60/1 3.0 5.3 4.0 4.0

ENERGY CONSUMPTION (KWH) 2.73 6.18 2.79 3.12

REFRIGERATION DATA

Horsepower 1/6 1/4 1/6 1/5

WEIGHT DATA

Gross Weight (Crated lbs) 119 130 157 165

Gross Weight (Crated kg) 54 59 71 75

UCF27

27” 686

27 3/4” 705

34 1/2” 876

53 1/4”

22 1/2” x 21 3/8”

1

6.2 176

23” 584

18” 457

23” 584

2

6.0

N/A

1/4

162

74

PLAN VIEWS

UCR/UCF20 FRONT

UCR/UCF20 END

UCR/UCF27 FRONT

UCR/UCF27 END UCR34 FRONT UCR34 FRONT

BEVERAGE-AIR® CORPORATION 3779 Champion Blvd. • Winston-Salem, NC 27105 USA • (336) 245-6400 • Fax (336) 245-6453 • (888) 845-9800 • www.beverage-air.com

Specifications are subject to change without prior notice. 10/11

UCR/UCF20 FRONT


Beverage-Air UCF20


Perlick CM1508

Project __________________________________

Item ____________________________________

Quantity ________________________________

CSI Section 11400

Approved _______________________________

Date ____________________________________

980 S. Isabella Rd.Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 48858

Phone: 800-733-8948 or 989-773-7981Fax: 800-669-0619 www.delfield.com

Model N225 & 225L

Top of 18-gauge stainless steel, has 1.31” (3.3 cm) overhang front to back and 1.25” (3.18cm) right to left, one die-stamped 10.44” (26.5 cm) x 20.69” (52.5 cm) opening with raised edges. Opening is fitted with insulated, folding, lift-off cover. Models ending in L are standard with an acrylic lid.

Freezer compartment interior is 22-gauge stainless steel and measures 10.81” (27.4 cm) x 22.12” (56.2 cm) x 12.25” (31.1 cm) high. Compartment sides are wrapped with refrigeration lines. Sides and bottom are insulated with high-density closed-cell environmentally friendly, Kyoto Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential) polyurethane. Unit is designed to maintain 0° to 5° F (-18°C to -21°C). Cabinet capacity is 6 gallons.

Condensing unit mounted below freezer compartment on 16-gauge steel frame, has 1/5 H.P. rating.

A stainless steel louver, 13” (33 cm) x 25” (63.5 cm), is supplied for field installation. The cutout size for the louver is 11.50 (29.2 cm) x 23” (58.4 cm).

Model N227 & 227L

Top of 18-gauge stainless steel, has 1.31” (3.3 cm) overhang on all sides, two die-stamped openings have raised edges, measure 10.44” (26.5 cm) x 20.69” (52.5 cm), are fitted with insulated, folding, lift-off covers. Models ending in L are standard with an acrylic lid.

Freezer compartment has 22-gauge stainless steel interior and measures 24.19” (61.4 cm) x 22.12” (56.2 cm) x 12.25” (31.1 cm) high. Compartment sides are wrapped with refrigeration lines. Insulation on sides and on bottom is high-density closed-cell environmentally friendly, Kyoto Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential) polyurethane. Unit is designed to maintain 0° to 5° F(-18°C to -21°C). Cabinet capacity is 12 gallons.

1/5 H.P. condensing unit is mounted below freezing compartment on 16-gauge steel frame.

A stainless steel louver, 13” (33 cm) x 25” (63.5 cm), is supplied for field installation. The cutout size for the louver is 11.50” (29.2 cm) x 23” (58.4 cm).

Specifications

Standard Features Options & AccessoriesSuitable for ice cream storage

18-gauge stainless steel topDie stamped top opening with raised edgeHigh-density environmentally friendly, Kyoto Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential) polyurethane foam throughout unitMechanically cooled 0˚F to 5˚F tankFolding removable cover with external handleModels ending in L are standard with an acrylic lid 9’ cord and plugEnvironmentally friendly HFC-404A refrigerantOne year parts and 90 day labor standard warranty

••••

••

•

••

•

N225 6 gallon drop-in freezer with stainless steel lid

225L 6 gallon drop-in freezer with acrylic lid

N227 12 gallon drop-in freezer with stainless steel lid

227L 12 gallon drop-in freezer with acrylic lid

Models

N225/N227Self-Contained Drop-In Freezer

N225/N

227 Self-Contained Drop-In Freezer

Locking device220 volt, 50 cycle system*Inclusion of this option will alter the electrical specifications of the unit

••*

N227


Delfield N225


Phone: 800-733-8948 or 989-773-7981Fax: 800-669-0619www.delfield.com

N22

5/N

227

Self

-Con

tain

ed D

rop

-In

Fre

ezer

Printed in the U.S.A.DS225_22709/10

Specifications

Model Capacity H.P. Amps V/Hz/Ph Nema Plug Ship Weight KWH

N225 & 225L 6 Gallons 1/5 5.3 115/60/1 5-15P 115lbs/52kg 1.82

N227 & 227L 12 Gallons 1/5 5.3 115/60/1 5-15P 191lbs/87kg 2.26

30.00"(76.2 cm)

13.75"(34.9 cm)

27.38"(69.5 cm)

24.19"(61.4 cm)

25.31"(64.3 cm)

17.75"(45.1 cm)

15.56"(39.5 cm)

11.25"(28.6 cm)

26.81"(68.1 cm)

13.81"(35.1 cm)

23.31"(60.1 cm)

27.87"(70.8 cm)

11.75"(29.8 cm)

16.56"(42.1 cm)

13.93"(38.4 cm)

22.12"(56.2 cm)

25.25"(64.1 cm)

10.81"(27.4 cm)

26.81"(68.1 cm)

13.81"(35.1 cm)

15.56"(39.5 cm)

11.25"(28.6 cm)

23.31"(60.1 cm)

27.87"(70.8 cm)

22.12"(56.2 cm)

11.75"(29.8 cm)

15.56"(39.5 cm)

11.25"(28.6 cm)

17.75"(45.1 cm)

26.81"(68.1 cm)

26.81"(68.1 cm)

13.93"(38.4 cm)

15.56"(39.5 cm)

11.25"(28.6 cm)

13.75"(34.9 cm)

Plan View N225 & 225L

End View N225 & 225L

Elevation N225 & 225L

Plan View N227 & 227L

End View N227 & 227L

Elevation N227 & 227L

25.75"(65.4 cm)

14.62"(37.1 cm)

25.75"(65.4 cm)

28.00"(71.1 cm)

N225 & 225LCutout Dimensions

N227 & 227LCutout Dimensions


Delfield N225

4 9/16"[116mm]

9 3/8"[239mm]

Lexan BlueLever Arm

Torx Wrench AdjustableFlow Outlet

2"[51mm]Adjustable Flange

Deck

Solder Type Tailpieceto Fit 1/4" O.D. Tubing.Also Available to Fit3/8" & 1/2" O.D. Tubing.

Note:Available Less (4) Corner Mounting Holes if Specified.1.18 Gauge Stainless Steel Pan w/ Beaded Edge.2.

Supplied w/ Mastic & Stainless Steel Screws for Mounting.Suggested Cut-Out Size for Pan is 10-1/2" x 5". Customer3.

to Verify Actual Cut Out Needed Prior to Installation.

4 13/16"[122mm]

1 15/16"[49mm]

1 1/2"[38mm]

4 3/16"[106mm]

3 3/4"[95mm]

5 7/16"[138mm]

1 1/4"[32mm]

3 3/4"[96mm]

Drop-InGrid

12 5/8"[321mm]

10 5/8"[270mm]

3 9/16"[91mm]

1 3/8"[35mm] 1 3/8"

[35mm]4 5/16"[110mm]

9 7/8"[252mm]

7/8"[22mm]

1 5/8"[41mm]

6 5/16"[160mm]

Product Specifications:

Scale:

Model No.

Item No.

T&S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS, INC.Travelers Rest, SC 29690

REG. #A2601ISO #9001

10/21/09

GEF

B-1230

Water Station w/ Pedestal Type GlassFiller, 18 Gauge Stainless Steel Drip Pan,1/4" Tailpiece for Copper Tubing, 1-1/4" Drain

2 Saddleback Cove / P.O. Box 1088

Date:

1:4

This Space for Architect/Engineer Approval

Job Name__________________________Date_________

Model Specified_____________________ Quantity______

Customer/Wholesaler______________________________

Contractor_______________________________________

Architect/Engineer_________________________________

CheckedDrawn ApprovedJRM JHB

www.tsbrass.comFax: 864-834-3518Simi Valley, CA: 800-423-0150Travelers Rest, SC: 800-476-4103

Sheet: 1 of 2


T & S Brass B-1230

Model No.

Item No.


Travelers Rest, SC: 800-476-4103 Fax: 864-834-3518

REG. #A2601ISO #9001

B-1230

Simi Valley, CA: 800-423-0150


ApprovedDrawn Checked

1:4Date:

Water Station w/ Pedestal Type GlassFiller, 18 Gauge Stainless Steel Drip Pan,1/4" Tailpiece for Copper Tubing, 1-1/4" Drain

GEF

10/21/09Scale:


JRM JHB

www.tsbrass.com

2of2Sheet:

016640-45T-45 TORX WRENCH

2

4

5

3

1

6

7

9

8

ITEM NO.

SALES NO. DESCRIPTION

1 010126-45 Drip Pan Drain2 015550-45 Lever Arm Repair Kit3 016783-40 Adjustable Deck Flange Repair Kit4 015588-40 Adjustable Outlet w/Torx Wrench5 015589-40 Valve Assembly6 183P Drip Pan Grid7 010123-45 Drip Pan8 015887-40 Pedestal Assembly9 015886-40 B-1210 Pedestal


T & S Brass B-1230

Features

Related Products

ITEM#

PROJECT

DATE

For current specification sheets and other information, go to www.bunn.com.

Patents Apply

TDO-4 – Tea Dispenser Product No. : 34100.0002Capacity: 4 gallonsWeight: 13 lbs. Dimensions:19” H x 10.7” W x 13.7” D48.26 cm H x 27.18 cm W x 34.8 cm D

TD4T – Tea Dispenser Product No. : 03250.0004Capacity: 4 gallonsWeight: 14 lbs. Dimensions: 21.9” H x 9” W x 13” D55.63 cm H x 22.86 cm W x 33.02 cm D

TDS-3.0 – Tea Dispenser Product No. : 33000.0000Capacity: 3.0 gallonsWeight: 9.4 lbs.Dimensions: 19”H x 9.8”W x 12.8”D48.3cm H x 24.9cm W x 32.5cm D

Translucent Pouchpack Tea Funnel Quick dispense, TU-3QProduct No. : 35282.0001Standard dispense, TU-3Product No. : 35282.0002

12/06 B1

Iced Tea Brewer• Brews 16.3 to 26.7 gallons (61.7 to 101.1 litres) per hour from real tea leaves.• Brews directly into any style portable server.• Meet your volume needs; brew 3 gallons (11.36 litres) of iced tea at a time.• Quickbrew (Q) models available for shorter brewing cycles.• SplashGard® funnel deflects hot liquids away from the hand.• TB3 has adjustable steep time for more control over flavor extraction.• International electrical configurations available.

Model TB3Q with TDO-4 Dispenser(TDO-4 sold separately)

Dimensions (29” trunk): 34” H x 11.6” W x 22”D(86.4cm H x 29.5cm W x 58.4cm D)

Dimensions (25.75” trunk): 31” H x 11.6” W x 22” D(78.7cm H x 29.5cm W x 58.4cm D)

Model Agency Listing

TB3QTB3

3 Gallon Iced Tea Brewer with Portable Server

Easy Clear® EQHP-Tea Product No. : 39000.0007

Easy Clear® EQHP-TEACRTGReplacement Cartridge Product No. : 39000.1007

Single/Dual Filter Pack Product No. : 20100.0000Packed per case: 500Dimensions: 51⁄4" Base x 33⁄4" Sidewall13.34 cm Base x 9.52 cm Sidewall

E9003.0000B


Bunn-O-Matic 36700.0059

BUNN® practices continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment.

All dimensions shown in inches. Bunn-O-Matic Corporation owns all copyrights relating to materials in this publication. Please contact BUNN to request permission to reproduce any portion of this publication.

Dimensions & Specifications

Bunn-O-Matic® Corporation - 1400 Stevenson Drive Springfield, Illinois 62703 • 800-637-8606 • 217-529-6601 • Fax 217-529-6644 • www.bunn.com

Model Product # Volts Amps Tank Heater Total Brewing Cubic Shipping Cord Watts Watts Capacity Measure Weight Attached

TB3ƒ 36700.0009 120 14.4 1680 1730 16.3 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 43 lbs. Yes†

TB3Qƒ 36700.0013 120 14.4 1680 1730 26.7 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 42 lbs. Yes†

TB3 36700.0030 120 14.4 1680 1730 16.3 gal./hr. 7.9 ft3 42 lbs. Yes†

TB3Qƒ w/TD4T 36700.0041 120 14.4 1680 1730 26.7 gal./hr. 10 ft3 55 lbs. Yes†

TB3ƒ Sweetner 36700.0043 120 14.4 1680 1730 16.3 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 44 lbs. Yes†

TB3ƒµ 36700.0055 120 14.4 1680 1730 16.3 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 42 lbs. Yes†

TB3Q 36700.0059 120 14.4 1680 1730 26.7 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 41 lbs. Yes† TB3Q*ƒ 36700.0076 120 14.4 1680 1730 26.7 gal./hr. 8.8 ft3 42 lbs. Yes†

TB3Qƒ w/TD4T 36700.0080 120 14.4 1680 1730 26.7 gal./hr. 10 ft3 55 lbs. Yes†

w/6 foot cord

*Quick disconnect. ƒ29” trunk height µHas ready light †Power cord (NEMA 5-15P) 15 Amp-120V machine only.

Electrical: Models require 2-wires plus ground service rated at 120V, single phase, 60 Hz.

Plumbing: 20-90 psi (138-621 kPa). Machine supplied with 1⁄4" OD male flare fitting.



Features

Related Products

ITEM#

PROJECT

DATE


Patents Apply 3/07 B7

Iced Tea/Coffee Dispensers• Dispensers available in 3, 3.5, 4, and 5 gallon

(11.4, 13.2, 15.1 and 18.9 litres) capacities.• Sump dispense valve assures complete dispensing of tea.• TDS-3, TDS-3.5 and TDS-5 models have stainless lid. • TDO-4 and TDO-5 models have plastic lid and oval shape.• Faucet handles are labeled sweetened and unsweetened. Handles are mounted

offset for closer side-by-side positioning.*

* Some TDS-3 and TDS-5 models in stock may not have these features.


TDS-3TDS-3.5TDS-5ICD-3TDO-4TDO-5

3, 3.5, 4, 5 Gallon Cylinder StyleIced Tea/Coffee Dispensers

TDS-3.5Dimensions:

20.4”H x 9.8”W x 12.8”D(51.8cm H x 24.9cm W x 32.5cm D)

TDS-3Dimensions:

19”H x 9.8”W x 12.8”D(48.3cm H x 24.9cm W x 32.5cm D)

TDS-5Dimensions:

25.6”H x 9.8”W x 14.8”D(65cm H x 37.8cm W x 37.6cm D)

TDO-5Dimensions:


TDO-4Dimensions:


ICD-3 Iced Coffee DispenserProduct No. : 33000.0002Dimensions: 20.6”H x 9.8”W x 14”D52.3cm H x 37.8cm W x 35.6cm D

TDO Brew-Through LidProduct No. : 34093.0001

Remote StandProduct No.: 37675.0000

TDO Lid RetainerProduct No. : 35136.0001Dimensions: 5.25”H x 11”W x 10.2”D13.3cm H x 27.9cm W x 10.2cm D

E9003.0006C




All dimensions shown in inches. Bunn Corporation owns all copyrights relating to materials in this publication. Please contact Bunn Corporation to request permission to reproduce any portion of this publication.


BUNN Corporation - 1400 Stevenson Drive Springfield, Illinois 62703 • 800-637-8606 • 217-529-6601 • Fax 217-529-6644 • www.bunn.com

Model Product # Capacity Handles Cubic Measure Shipping Weight

TDS-3 33000.0000 3 Gallons Side 2.2 ft3 9.4 lbs. TDS-3.5 33000.0008 3.5 Gallons Side 2.6 ft3 10 lbs.TDS-5 33000.0001 5 Gallons Side 2.9 ft3 12 lbs. ICD-3 33000.0002 3 Gallons Side 2.2 ft3 10 lbs.TDO-4 (solid lid) 34100.0000 4 Gallons Side 2.1 ft3 12 lbs.TDO-4 (brew-through lid) 34100.0002 4 Gallons Side 2.1 ft3 12 lbs.TDO-5 (solid lid) 34100.0001 5 Gallons Side 2.4 ft3 14 lbs.TDO-5 (brew-through lid) 34100.0003 5 Gallons Side 2.4 ft3 14 lbs.

TDS-3 / ICD-3 TDS-5

TDO-4 TDO-5

(10.65)LID

(9.80)RSVR.

(12.75)RSVR.

(13.65)LID

(19.00)RSVR.

(8.125)

1.90

.50

(10.65)LID

(9.80)RSVR.

(12.75)RSVR.

(13.65)LID

(22.125)RSVR.

(8.125)

1.90

.50

TDS-3.5



Features

Related Products

ITEM#

PROJECT

DATE


Patents Apply

Thermal Carafe Product No. : 36029.0001Dimensions: 8"H x 6.4"W x 8.2"D(20.3cm H x 16.3cm W x 21cm D)

Thermal Carafe (orange lid)Product No.: 36252.0001Dimensions: 8"H x 6.4"W x 8.2"D(20.3cm H x 16.3cm W x 21cm D)

3/06 A3.13

Thermal Carafe AutomaticCoffee Brewer

12 Cup Automatic Coffee Brewer • Brews 3.8 to 7.5 gallons (14.4 to 28.4 litres) of perfect coffee per hour.• Accepts thermal carafe up to 8.5” tall (21.6cm).• Use in quick turn environment where high quality coffee is continuously

refreshed.• Models are space saving 9” wide (22.9cm).• All stainless steel construction.• Hot water faucet on all models.• SplashGard® funnel deflects hot liquids away from the hand.• CWTF model has pourover feature.

CDBCF Features• Automatically adjusts to varying water pressure.• Quicker install with pot level, cold brew lock-out and tank temperature set

using the simple-to-program touch pad controls.• Faster service by use of feedback information from built-in electronic

diagnostics.

Model CWTF15-TC(no warmers) (thermal carafe sold separately)

Dimensions: 17.9” H x 9” W x 18.5” D(45.5cm H x 22.9cm W x 55.4cm D)

Easy Clear® EQ-17-TL Product No. : 30200.1000 Dimensions: 127⁄16" H x 21⁄2" W x 3" D31.6 cm H x 6.35 cm W x 7.62 cm D

Model CDBCF15-TC(no warmers) (thermal carafe sold separately)

Dimensions: 17.9” H x 9” W x 18.5” D(45.5cm H x 22.9cm W x 55.4cm D)

Paper Filter Pack Product No. : 20115.0000Packed per case: 1,000Dimensions: 41⁄4" Base x 23⁄4" Sidewall10.8 cm Base x 6.98 cm Sidewall

E9001.0044B


CW15-TCCWTF15-TCCWTF20-TCCDBCF15-TCCWTF-TC DV




All dimensions shown in inches. Bunn-O-Matic Corporation owns all copyrights relating to materials in this publication. Please contact BUNN to request permission to reproduce any portion of this publication.


Bunn-O-Matic Corporation - 1400 Stevenson Drive Springfield, Illinois 62703 • 800-637-8606 • 217-529-6601 • Fax 217-529-6644 • www.bunn.com

CWTF15-TCCWTF35-TC

CWTF-TC DV

CDBCF15-TC

Model Product # Volts Amps Tank Heater Total Brewing Cubic Shipping Cord Watts Watts Capacity Measure Weight Attached

CW15-TC 23001.0040 120 11.4 1320 1370 3.9 gal./hr. 5.0 ft3 28 lbs. Yes**CWTF15-TC 12950.0360 120 11.4 1320 1370 3.9 gal./hr. 4.4 ft3 32 lbs. Yes**CWTF20-TC 12950.0380 120 15.4 1800 1850 5.3 gal./hr. 4.6 ft3 31 lbs. NoCWTF35-TC 12950.0379 120/ 15 3500 3550 7.5 gal./hr. 4.4 ft3 32 lbs. No 208-240CWTF-TC DV 23001.0069 120 15.4 1800 1850 5.3 gal./hr. 3.7 ft3 29 lbs. No 120/208 11.4 2700 2750 7.5 gal./hr. 3.7 ft3 29 lbs. No 120/240 13.1 3120 3170 7.5 gal./hr. 3.7 ft3 29 lbs. NoCDBCF15-TC* 29000.0107 120 12.5 1425 1500 4.2 gal./hr. 4.3 ft3 30 lbs. Yes**CDBCF15-TC DV 29000.0233 120 12.5 1425 1500 4.2 gal./hr. 4.3 ft3 30 lbs. No

* Stainless steel funnel **Power cord (NEMA 5-15P) 15 Amp-120V machine only.

Brewing capacity: based upon incoming water temp of 60ºF/15˚C (140ºF/60˚C rise) per 1/2 gallon brew time of 4 minutes.

Models listed as 120/208V or 120/240V must be connected to 208V or 240V electrical service respectively. Please refer to the installation manual.

Electrical: If wired for 120V, requires 2-wires plus ground service rated 120V, single phase, 60 Hz. If wired for 120/208V or 120/240V, requires 3-wires plus ground service rated 120/208V or 120/240V, single phase, 60 Hz.

Plumbing: 20-90 psi (138-621 kPa). Machine supplied with 1⁄4" male flare fitting.




Wells RW-26HD

USA PHONE: (775) 689-5700• FAX: (775) 689-5972


Wells RW-26HD


Oliver #709

Project

Item #

Quantity

HATCO CORPORATION l P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. l (800) 558-0607 l (414) 671-6350 Fax: (800) 543-7521 l Int’l. Fax: (414) 671-3976 l www.hatcocorp.com l email: [email protected]

You can develop your own Hatco Decorative Lamp solutions with our online lamp configurator. Visit "www.hatcocorp.com" and click on “Build a Lamp”

Decorative LampsModels: DL or DLH-400, -500, -600, -700, -725, -750, -760, -775, -800, -1100, -1200, -1300

Form No. DL, DLH Spec Sheet Printed in U.S.A. May 2014

Hatco Decorative Lamps provide radiant heat to briefly hold food warm at kitchen work areas, waitress pickup stations, or customer serving points, while enhancing your décor. Versatile enough for almost any location, the range of lights are available with a selection of unlimited personalizing choices. In addition to food warming, configurations for lighting (Luminaire) is offered as well.

Standard features• Luminaire, Standard and High Watt bulbs available (bulb not included in unit price)

• Models available in twelve lamp shade styles

• Eight different mounting arrangements to choose from

• Four switch options

• Available for food holding and display or lighting only applications

NOTE: Decorative Lamps (DL and DLH Series) are non-returnable.

Options (available at time of purchase only)cDesigner Colors cWarm Red cBlack cGray Granite cWhite Granite cNavy Blue cHunter Green c Antique Copper

cGloss Finishes c Smooth White cGleaming Gold cGlossy Gray cBold Black

c Plated Finishes (Special process required and extended lead times) cBright Brass cBright Nickel cBright Copper c Antique Nickel c Antique Brass c Antique Bronze

c Gloss Finishes for Shade Only (Special process required and extended lead times) cRadiant Red cBrilliant Blue cClear Brushed Metal Finish

cCord Color cBlack (Standard) cWhite (Retractable Mounts only)

c Luminaire Lighting, (200W bulb maximum, not included) c Extended Electrical Leads – For any SU, SL, or SR mount unit, must

specify lead length) c 1'-5' (305-1524 mm) c 6'-10' (1829-3048 mm) c 11'-15' (3353-4572 mm) c 16'-20' (4877-6096 mm)

Accessoriesc Track Mount Bar - (120V only) c 4' (1219 mm) Black c 4' (1219 mm) White c 8' (2438 mm) Black c 8' (2438 mm) White c 12' (3658 mm) Black c 12' (3658 mm) White

c Additional Track Installation and Modification Kit cBlack cWhite

c 16 Amp Lamp Toggle SwitchcCoated Bulbs for Luminaire models only c 120V, 60W Clear c 240V, 60W Clear

cCoated Bulbs c 120V, 250W Clear c 240V, 250W Clear c 120V, 250W Red

cCoated Bulbs for DLH models only c 120V, 375W Clear c 120V, 375W Red

cUncoated Bulbs c 120V, 250W Clear c 240V, 250W Clear c 120V, 250W Red

cUncoated Bulbs for DLH models only c 120V, 375W Clear c 120V, 375W Red

Build Your Decorative/Luminaire Lamp in Six Easy Steps

(not for retrofit-bulb not included) –

Step 1 Wattage

Step 2 Shade Style

Step 3 Shade and Canopy Colors

Step 4 Mounting Style

Step 5 Switch Location

Step 6 Overall Length

(From left to right) DL-700-AU, DL-800-CTR, DL-750-CL, DL-400-SU, DL-725-SU,DL-775-RL, DL-600-SL, DL-500-SU, DL-760-SL, DL-1200-SR, DL-1300-RL and DL-1100-CR


Hatco DL-400-CL

HATCO CORPORATION l P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. l (800) 558-0607 l (414) 671-6350 Fax: (800) 543-7521 l Int’l. Fax: (414) 671-3976 l www.hatcocorp.com l email: [email protected]

Step 1-Wattages

Models Maximum Watt Bulb (Not included)

Voltage(Single Phase) Ship Weight▼

DL- (Luminaire) 200 120, 240 6-10 lbs. (3-5 kg)

DL- (Standard) 250 120, 240 6-10 lbs. (3-5 kg)

DLH- (High Watt) 375 120, 240 6-10 lbs. (3-5 kg) s Not field convertible ▼ Depending on components

Decorative Lamps and LuminairesModels: DL or DLH-400, -500, -600, -700, -725, -750, -760, -775, -800, -1100, -1200, -1300

PRODUCT SPECSDecorative LampThe Decorative Lamp shall be a Hatco Model … as distributed by the Hatco Corporation, Milwaukee, WI 53234 U.S.A. With 24/7 parts and service assistance (US and Canada only), the Decorative Lamp shall be rated at … watts, … volts, and … inches (millimeters) in overall width. It shall consist of a vented lamp shade and mounting. Switch locations can be upper, lower,

remote or supplied by installer. Bulb options are uncoated or coated, clear or red, 60W clear, 250W (DL models) or 375W (DLH models).One year on-site parts and labor warranty with 24/7 technical assistance in the US and Canada only.

ORDERING INSTRUCTIONSPlease refer to the six steps in the Hatco Foodservice Equipment Price List, go online at www.hatcocorp.com and click on “Build A Lamp”, or click on "Video Library" and

watch “Decorator Lamp Configurator”. This will help you in choosing the correct configuration for your specific needs.

Step 5-Switch Locations

(L)-Lower SwitchNot available on:• DLH-(high watt

models)• A Mount

6" (152 mm)(U)-Upper SwitchNot available on:• DLH-(high watt models)• R Mount • Track Mounts: (CT, RT, ST)

(R)-Remote Switch• Accommodates 16 amps• Up to seven 250W lamps,

or five 375W lamps maximum per remote switch

(N)-None Supplied by installer

Overall Unit

Length

Overall Clearance

Ceiling

• For C, CT, S or ST Mounts: From ceiling to bottom of warmer lamp shade.

• For A or P Mounts: From center of shade to wall plus vertical shade length (see line art in mounting styles).

• For Clearance: See "Clearance Requirements" in the Hatco Price List Ordering Instructions.

Step 6-Overall Unit Length

Step 2-Shade Styles - All heights are 8.5" (216 mm)

6 NOTE: Lamp shade diameter and wattage may limit number of lamps per track. To assure warranty coverage, do not install track systems in damp or wet locations (including above steam tables).

-700

6½"(165 mm)

9.5"(241 mm)

-725 -750

11"(279 mm)

-760

12.5"(318 mm)

-775

10.5"(267 mm)

-500 -600

6.25"(159 mm)

-1100 (Cylinder)

6.5"(165 mm)

11.54 "(293 mm)

-1300 (Triangular)

-400

6.125" (156 mm)

11" (279 mm)

-800 -1200 (Square)

7"(178 mm)

6.125" (156 mm) (CT) Mount 6

Cord Mount to track adapter. Specify overall length from 17" (432 mm) to any length.

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

(C) Mount Cord Mount to canopy. Specify overall length from 17" (432 mm) to any length.

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

(S) Mount Rigid Stem Mount to canopy. Specify overall length from 14" to 71" (356 to 1803 mm).

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm) (ST) Mount 6

Rigid Stem Mount to track adapter. Specify overall length from 17" to 71" (432 to 1803 mm).

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)(R) Mount

Retractable Cord Mount. Adjusts from 31" to 69.5" (787 to 1765 mm)

(RT) Mount 6 Retractable Cord Mount to track adapter. Adjusts from 33.375" to 71.875" (848 to 1826 mm)

Step 4-(Continued)

Step 3-Colors (Available for all Designer colors, Plated and Gloss finishes, see front of Spec Sheet, www.hatcocorp.com or Hatco Price List)

Step 4-Mounting Styles

(A) Mount Rigid Mount to canopy with pivot. Specify horizontal stem length from 7" to 20" (178 to 508 mm). Unit length is 17" to 30" (432 to 762 mm)

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

(P) Mount Rigid Mount to canopy with pivot. Specify overall length (from pivot to bottom of lamp shade) from 17" to 71" (432 to 1803 mm)

178-508 mm

(7"-20")260 mm(10.22")

CTLSWITCH

2.41"

PLSWITCH

PUSWITCH

AUSWITCH

STLSWITCH

SUSWITCH

SLSWITCH

RLSWITCH

RTLSWITCH

CU SWITCH

CLSWITCH

6" (152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

6"(152 mm)

(61 mm)

6" (152 mm) 6" (152 mm)

Form No. DL, DLH Spec Sheet Printed in U.S.A. May 2014


Hatco DL-400-CL

* Units with these accessories are not currently UL listed.

Project: ___________

Item No.: ___________

Quantity: ___________

DROP-IN SERVING EQUIPMENT

ICE CREAM

FREEZERRefrigerated,

Self-Contained

WDF-2

WDF-3

TOP: Constructed of 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel, die

stamped with a raised perimeter bead. There shall be a solid

vinyl gasket under the beaded edge to form a seal to the

counter top, thus preventing seepage or marring the counter

top.

LINER: The inner liner shall be 18 gauge, type 304 stainless

steel, one piece construction, all welded, ground and polished

to a uniform finish. All corners are coved with a minimum 1/4"

radius on the horizontal edges and a minimum 3/4" radius on

the vertical edges. The liner has copper tubing firmly soldered

to the exterior sides and bottom. The unit is provided with an

all stainless steel insulated, hinged, lift off lid, with plastic

coated pulls.

INSULATION: The unit is fully insulated with high density

polystyrene, 2-1/2" thick on all sides, and enclosed with a 22

gauge galvanized steel outer liner.

REFRIGERATION SYSTEM: The compressor housing shall

be fabricated from 14 gauge galvanized and bolted to the

base of the unit. A fully self-contained condensing unit is pro-

vided with a hermetically sealed compressor and a thermostat

control. The system is fully charged with CFC free refrigerant

and ready to operate.

NOTE: Proper ventilation must be provided in counter.

ELECTRICAL: The unit will be wired for 15 amps., 120 volt,

single phase operation, with an on/off thermostat switch and

pilot light. A 6' long, 3-wire cord and plug (NEMA 5-15P) will

be provided.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD FEATURES

� Fully insulated for maximum efficiency and energy

savings

� Removable S/S hinged lid

� Factory applied gasket - makes installation a snap and

seals units to the counter top, thus eliminating

seepage

� Ideal for frozen dessert or use it as a mug or plate

chiller

� 1-Year Parts & Labor Warranty

� NSF Certified and UL Recognized

ACCESSORIES

� 5YW - 5-Year Compressor Warranty

� Hinged Plexiglas Lid

� LLD - Lid Locking Device

� 2060-1 - Condensate Evaporator

� RS - Remote On/Off Switch for counter mounting

� * 220 Volt - 50 Cycle Compressor

DI-41

WDF-2


Atlas Metal Industries WDF-2

Atlas Metal Industries 1135 NW 159th Dr. Miami, FL 33169 (800) 762-7565 Fax: (305) 623-0475 atlasfoodserv.com

WDFX - REFRIGERATED ICE CREAM FREEZER

WITHOUT COMPRESSOR

Units include Refrigerated Ice Cream Freezer,

Thermostat, Cap Tube & Drier (for hook up in field

by others)

COMPRESSORS FOR REMOTE INSTALLATIONS

2029-1 - 1/4 HP for WDFX-2 & 3

DI-42

A

24”

PLAN VIEW

16”

10-3/4”

B 21-1/2”

13-1/2”

ELEVATION

16-1/2”

21-3/4”

END VIEW

MODEL “A” “B” INTERIOR

DIMENSIONS

CU. FT.

CAPACITY

LBS.

CAPACITY

ELECTRICAL

CHARACTERISTICS

CUT-OUT

REQUIRED

SHIP WT.

(LBS.)

WDF-2 29-3/4”

(75.5cm)6-7/8”

(17.4cm)16-1/2” X 22-1/2” X 13-1/2”

(41.9 X 57.1 X 34.2cm) 4.5100

(45.3kg)6.8amps. X 120V X

1/4HP

22-1/4” X 28”

(56.5 X 71.1cm)194

(88kg)

WDF-3 43-1/2”

(110.4cm)3”

(7.6cm)16-1/2” X 36-1/2” X 13-1/2”

(41.9 X 92.7 X 34.2cm) 7.8150

(68kg)6.8amps. X 120V X

1/4HP

22-1/4” X 41-3/4”

(56.5 X 106cm)232

(105.2kg)

8/13-sc

WDF-2: 22-1/2” I.D.

WDF-3: 36-1/4” I.D.

MODEL HP REF. OZ.LOW

PSIG.

HIGH

PSIG.

BTU

M10 90A

WDF-2 1/4 134A 4 min 3 in 129 1070

WDF-3 1/4 134A 5 min 3 in 129 1070

REFRIGERATION CHART


Atlas Metal Industries WDF-2

WELLS

R A I S I N G T H E S T A N D A R D

HW-10 AND HW/SMPCOOK N' HOLD WARMERS

W E L L S M A N U FA C T U R I N GH

W-10

AN

D H

W/SM

P C

OO

K N

' HO

LD W

AR

MER

S

Wells Cook N’ Hold Warmers HW-10 and HW/SMP are engineered for efficiency. The tubular immersion element allows for rapid heat transfer into the water. Wells Cook N’ Hold Warmers are designed to quickly heat food from a refrigerated state to serving temperature.

I T E M N O .

Features• The tubular element, located inside the well, is controlled by a positive-off thermostat and allows for quicker heating.

• These warmers are designed for wet operation only.• The HW-10 and HW/SMP Cook N’ Hold Warmers are Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. LISTED and meet the National Sanitation Foundation standards.

• The HW-10 Cook N’ Hold Warmer (120V) meets Canadian standards.

• A one-year warranty against defects covers parts and labor.

Accessories / Options Adapter Top, to convert HW-10 to hold one 4-quart inset, 20822 Adapter Top, to convert HW-10 to hold one 7-quart inset, 20175 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold two 7-quart insets, 20176 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold two 4-quart insets and two 2 1/2-quart insets, 20434 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold one 7-quart insets and one 11-quart insets, 21621 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold three 4-quart insets, 21615 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold four 2 1/2-quart insets, 21624 Adapter Top, to convert HW/SMP to hold one 4-quart and one 7-quart inset, 21617 Inset, 2 1/2-quart capacity with lid, 20773 Inset, 4-quart capacity with lid, 20774 Inset, 7-quart capacity with lid, 20587 Inset, 11-quart capacity with lid, 20908 Legs, set of four, metal, 4” adjustable, 20563

Specifications Dimensions: Inches MM Overall Dimensions (HW-10): Width 12 5/8 321 Depth 12 5/8 321 Height (incl. 1” legs) 9 3/8 238 Overall Dimensions (HW/SMP): Width 14 3/4 375 Depth 23 1/2 597 Height (incl. 4” legs) 12 3/8 314 Temperature Range: Fahrenheit Celsius HW-10 & HW/SMP 90º to 210º 32º to 99º Number of Thermostats: 1 Weights: Lbs. KG HW-10: Installed 11 5 Shipping 14 6 HW/SMP: Installed 22 10 Shipping 25 11

HW-10

HW/SMP

ID WLS0-415 SPEC SHEET 7/3/00, 9:38 AM1IDG #14-248 Carrabba's Italian Grill - Atlanta International Airport 229

Wells HW/SMP

(102)

4

(25)

1

(213)

8 3/8

(321)

12 5/8

(321)

12 5/8

(260)

10 1/4

(165)

6 1/2

(597)

23 1/2

(375)

14 3/4

(213)

8 3/8 CORDSUPPLYPOWER

MODEL HW-10

MODEL HW/SMP

CORDSUPPLYPOWER

HW-10 120 1650 13.7 SINGLE NEMA 5-15P

HW-10 208 1240 6.0 SINGLE NEMA6-15P

HW-10 240 1650 6.9 SINGLE NEMA 6-15P

HW/SMP 120 1800 15.0 SINGLE NEMA 5-15P



MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PHASE POWER SUPPLY CORD

WELLS

A SPEC IALTY EQU I PMENT COMPANY • 2000 WELLS MANUFACTUR ING • PR INTED IN THE U .S .A .

6/00 • R EV( I ) • PART NO. 37059

WELLS MANUFACTURING COMPANY

2 ERIK CIRCLE, PO BOX 280, VERDI, NV 89439 U.S.A.

USA PHONE: (775) 689-5700 • FAX: (775) 689-5972

FOR ORDERS ONLY: (888) 356-5362 • FAX: (800) 356-5142 • www.wellsbloomfield.com

M O D E LSH W- 10 , H W / S M P

C O O K N ' H O L D WA R M E R S

W E L L S M A N U FA C T U R I N G

H W- 10 A N D H W / S M P E L E CT R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S :

NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.

D I M E N S I O N S :

RR

R

LISTED STD.4 LR E6070 10836

INCH(MM)

Only this model meets Canadian standards.

ID WLS0-415 SPEC SHEET 7/3/00, 9:38 AM2IDG #14-248 Carrabba's Italian Grill - Atlanta International Airport 229

Wells HW/SMP

NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADAFax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578www.advancetabco.com

Customer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.Email Orders To: [email protected]. For Smart Fabrication™ Quotes, Email To: [email protected] or Fax To: 631-586-2933

B-3

Item #: Qty #:

Model #:

Project #:

FEATURES:One piece Deep Drawn sink bowl design. 7-PS-65 sink bowl is 10" x 14" x 5".7-PS-88 sink bowl size is 9" x 9" x 5".Sink bowls have a large liberal radii with a minimum dimension of 2" for increased capacity.Keyhole wall mount bracket.Stainless steel basket drain 1-1/2" IPS.Undermount towel dispenser with hinged towel box. Unit accomodates standard C-fold towels. Deck Mounted Liquid Soap Dispenser.Deck mounted 4" O.C. faucet chrome plated & furnished with aerator.

CONSTRUCTION:All TIG welded. Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.Die formed Countertop Edge with a No-Drip offset.One sheet of stainless steel - No Seams.MATERIAL:Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel.Wall mounting bracket is Galvanized and of offset design.All fittings are brass / chrome plated unless otherwise indicated.MECHANICAL:Faucet supply is 1/2" IPS male thread hot and cold.

7-PS-65

7-PS-88

Keyhole Bracket foreasier installation

and greater stability.

STAINLESS STEEL

HAND SINKSUNDERMOUNT PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERwith DECK MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER

For Replacement Faucets & Upgrades, Drains & Accessoriesvisit our website at www.advancetabco.com

Standard Faucet conforms to NSF 61 Standard 9. Faucets Are AB1953 Lead Free Compliant.


Advance Tabco 7-PS-88

ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program ofimproving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right tochange specifications without prior notice.

© ADVANCE TABCO, AUGUST 2013

DIMENSIONS and SPECIFICATIONS

B-3a 200 Heartland Boulevard, Edgewood, NY 11717-8380

TOL Overall: ± .500" Interior: ± .250" FITTINGS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL

35 lbs.

7-PS-65

23 lbs.

7-PS-88

10"17 1/4"

19 7/8"

17 1/4"

8"

14"

Faucet

2"

Towel Dispenser

16"9"

20 1/2"

Towel Dispenser

Faucet

9"

12"

8"

2"


Advance Tabco 7-PS-88

½- SIZE BUN PAN RACKS½

-SIZ

E B

UN

PA

N R

AC

KS

JOB: ITEM #: QUANTITY:

�� Built For 18” x 26” Sheet Pans

Virtually maintenance free, our racks are built for thelong haul. All welded construction insures the maximumstrength and stability of each rack…Shipped assembledfor immediate use. Available with open or stainlesssteel tops these racks accommodate 18” x 26” pans.

#1311 Bun Pan RackHolds 10 pans on 3” centers.

» Angles are securely weldedinto place, front and back,making sure that all cracksand crevices are sealed.Note how they are weldedboth vertically and horizontallyfor support.

» Each angle slide is ribbed ino r d e r t o min imize thegalling or flaking that canoccur when pans are slid onand off. This feature alsoallows pans to slide on and offmore easily than if a flat angleslide were used.

0600

NSF Certified

ALU

MINUM

SPECIALIST

S

�� E Hwy-36 • PO Box 520Norton, Kansas 67654��

Fax: 785-877-2616

��

��

Guaranteed to last, each rackcarries a Lifetime Guaranteeagainst rust and corrosion aswell as a Five-Year Guaranteeagainst material defects andworkmanship.

��

��Model Size Pan Runner Top ShipNo. W-H-D Cap. Spacing Type Wt.

UNDER-COUNTER SIZE

° 1313 .... 20-½” x 32-¼” x 26" ..... 8 ............ 3" ........ Stainless ... 43#

° 1314 .... 20-½” x 32-¼” x 26" ..... 8 ............ 3" ........... None ....... 26#

REGULAR ½-SIZE

° 1311 ....... 20-½” x 38" x 26" ...... 10 ........... 3" ........ Stainless ... 44#

° 1312 ...... 20-½” x 38" x 26" ...... 10 ........... 3" ........... None ....... 31#

° 92096 .... 20-½” x 38" x 26" ...... 10 ........... 3" ............ Poly ........ 42#

° 1321 ...... 20-½” x 38" x 26" ....... 6 ............ 5" ........ Stainless ... 37#

° 1322 ...... 20-½” x 38" x 26" ....... 6 ............ 5" ........... None ....... 24#

REPLACEMENT TOP — Stainless Steel

° 45106 ........ 20-½” x 26" .............................................................. 11#

Four 5" stem type casters (#C480).

° All Items Are UPS-able

OPTIONS:

• Caster Locks (2) - Add “CL” suffix to model #

• H.D. Casters (4) - Add “HDC” suffix to model #


New Age Industrial 1312

2 5/16"58mm

Rough-In Requirement:7/8" [22mm] for Faucet 5 3/4" [146mm] for Stainless Steel Bowl

2


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.

T&S BRASS AND BRONZE WORKS, INC.

05/22/13

KJG

B-2282-01

of

Inner Overflow CupDipperwell Faucet w/ Drain, Stainless Steel Bowl &

Travelers Rest, SC 29690

Date:

Travelers Rest, SC: 800-476-4103 • Simi Valley, CA: 800-423-0150 • Fax: 864-834-3518 • www.tsbrass.com

JHBDMHApprovedDrawn Checked

Sheet:

1:4


1


Job Name__________________________Date_________



Contractor_______________________________________


Solid Brass Knob, Polish Chrome Plated

9 7/8" 251mm

5 1/4"133mm

Removable InnerOverflow Cup

7"178mm

Brass Tube [38mm] Ø1 1/2"

5/16" I.D. forSweat Fitting orRemove Couplingfor 1/2" NPSMMale Shank

51mmMaximumThickness

5 1/2"140mm

121mm4 3/4"

87mm3 7/16"

2"2 5/8"67mm

Max. Open


T & S BRASS B-2282-01

2Sheet:

Model No.

Item No.



B-2282-01

of

Date:



NTS


Inner Overflow Cup KJG

05/22/13Scale:


DMH JHB

2

Dipperwell Faucet w/ Drain, Stainless Steel Bowl &

ITEM NO. SALES NO. DESCRIPTION

1 006678-45 Dipperwell w/ Stainless Steel Overflow Cup & Drain

2 017225-45 Dipperwell Drain3 B-2282 Dipperwell Faucet4 B-2282-RK Parts Kit for Dipperwell

1

3

2

4


T & S BRASS B-2282-01

• F2936C 36.25”Selfcontainedlow-profilestand








• F29110C110.25”Selfcontainedlow-profilestand

F2952C

F2900CSelf-Contained Low-Profile Refrigerated Equipment Stands

Self-Contained Low-Profile Refrigerated Equipm

ent StandsProject ______________________________________

Item ________________________________________

Quantity _____________________________________

CSI Section 11400

Approved ___________________________________

Date ________________________________________



• Top is heavy duty stainless steel, with full

perimeter marine edge

• Standard stainless steel ends

• Exterior drawer fronts are stainless steel

• High density environmentally friendly, Kyoto

Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion

Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential)

polyurethane foam insulation throughout unit

• Snap-in drawer gaskets for easy removal

• Mounted on casters

• 8’ cord and plug supplied

• Base interior cabinet is cooled with mullion style

coated blower coil(s) mounted between each

door/drawer section for even air and temperature

control

• Interior refrigerated base cabinet section to

• Drawer locks

• 230V, 50Hz electrical system*

• Stainless steel back

• Mechanical housing left side

• 4” casters in lieu of 6”

• 6.12” adjustable full stainless

steel legs and bullet feet

• Doors in lieu of drawers

(except 32”)

• Plastic laminate end

• Plastic laminate back

• Plastic laminate front

* Inclusion of this option will alter

electrical specifications

maintain 36° to 40° meeting NSF7

• Digital thermometer

• Wall-mounted bracket to prevent tipping

• Full Extension Plus Drawer system is a complete

drawer system. Drawer system is sized to hold

12” x 20” x 4” deep hotel pans (by others). The

drawer system is all stainless steel construction

for maximum durability

• When ordering, specify make, model and depth

of cooking equipment sitting on the equipment

stand

• Height of surface for setting equipment is 25.50”

• Environmentally friendly HFC-404A refrigerant

• Three year parts and labor warranty and an

additional two year compressor parts warranty

F2900C:

Options & Accessories

Standard Features

Models


Delfield F2936C

Elevations Views

52.25"133cm

14.00"36cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

18.00"46cm

16.00"41cm

62.25"158cm

19.00" 48cm

19.00" 48cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

75.25"191cm

16.00"41cm

56.25"143cm

80.25"204cm

16.00"41cm

87.25"222cm

14.00"36cm

99.25"252cm

110.25"280cm

14.00"36cm

F2952C

F2956C

F2962C

F2975CF2936C

F2980C

F2987C

F2999C

F29110C

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

19.00" 48cm

19.00" 48cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

18.00"46cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

36.25"92cm

9.00"23cm

WarningToassureproperoperationa2”airspacemustbemaintainedbetweenthebottomofanycookingequipment and the top of this unit. Cookingequipmentmusthaveabarrier(i.e.bottom,drippan)betweenitsheatsourceandthetopoftheequipment stand. Failure to comply with thiscould severely damage the equipment standandvoidallwarranties.


Delfield F2936C

F2900C

All Models Plan View All Models Right Side View

Delfield reserves the right to make changes to the design or specifications without prior notice.

Specifications

Self-contained Models

# Of 12x20 Pans

V/Hz/Ph Amps Ship Weight BTU Load BTU System

H.P. Nema Plug

F2936C 3 115/60/1 3.8 374lbs(170kg) 376 1727 1/5 5-15-P

F2952C 4 115/60/1 8.0 398lbs(181kg) 452 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2956C 4 115/60/1 8.0 405lbs(184kg) 461 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2962C 6 115/60/1 8.0 479lbs(217kg) 575 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2975C 8 115/60/1 10.0 540lbs(245kg) 717 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2980C 8 115/60/1 10.0 578lbs(262kg) 726 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2987C 10 115/60/1 10.0 672lbs(305kg) 868 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2999C 12 115/60/1 10.0 691lbs(313kg) 1029 2341 1/4 5-15P

F29110C 12 115/60/1 12.0 766lbs(347kg) 1143 2630 1/3 5-15P

NOTE:Removethe“C”onthemodelnumberwhenorderingwithlegs.(example-F2952)

Nominal Length + 0.25" (6mm)

W/ Marine Edge Top

30.93"79cm

26.00"(66cm)

6.12”(16cm)

7.62"(19cm)


Delfield F2936C

Exterior top is 18-gauge stainless steel with full perimeter marine edge. Corners are fully welded with smooth radii corners for easy clean out. Interior sub-top made of 22-gauge 2BF stainless steel is made integral with the top by injecting 2.00” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior tops.

Refrigerated base interior back and bottom are constructed of a 22-gauge 2BF stainless steel. Exterior sides, bottom and back are made of 22-gauge galvanized steel. Both left and right interior sides are formed of ABS plastic. The base is injected with 2.00” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior. Refrigerated base fronts are made of .095” thick ABS thermoformed plastic and backed up by ridged polyurethane water blown injection molded frames. The frames are an excellent thermo-break and superior structural material for fastening doors and drawers. Exterior machine compartment side is constructed of 18-gauge galvanized steel.

Finished stainless steel ends are standard. Louver, coil panel and drawer faces are all standard with stainless steel construction. Units are supplied with wall-mounted bracket and threaded rod to allow installation of the unit against a solid surface.

Full Extension Plus drawer system is a complete drawer system, which can operate independent of the unit it ’s installed in. Drawer system is sized to hold 12” x 20” x 4“ deep hotel pans and smaller fractional pans. Drawer system is all stainless steel construction for maximum durability. Drawer track rollers are made of Delrin and do not require grease for operation. Intermediate tracks are removable without tools and house Delfield’s “anti-friction binary roller system”. Drawer boxes are designed with “easy pan grip flanges”. Tracks are designed with a stay shut feature that holds the drawer gasket tight to the base front on uneven floors. Exterior drawer fronts are made of stainless steel; and an interior made of ABS plastic with formed in channels to house the snap-in dart style santoprene gasket.

Specifications


A galvanized brace is foamed in place to be an integral part of the drawer front assembly. Each drawer front is injected with 1.87” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior. Handles are recessed black plastic and held in with a positive lock system. Drawers are backed by a 10-year warranty on the track assembly.

Unit is supported with two 14-gauge leg rails that run the entire length of the unit. Leg rails are welded to the bottom side of the unit and are tied together with two 12-gauge braces running front to back. Caster/leg boxes are welded inside the leg rail and 6” casters are mounted standard.

Refrigeration system components are HFC-404A. Interior cabinet is cooled with mullion style blower coils (coated) mounted between each door/drawer section for very even air and temperature control.

A thermostat and pre-wired condensing unit with hot gas condensate evaporator are installed in the machine compartment. Models F2952C through F29110C protect the thermostat in a splash resistant enclosure. The digital thermometer with stainless steel guard is located in the top nosing above the machine compartment (standard on right). Interior refrigerated base cabinet will maintain 36°F to 40°F at 100°F ambient room temperature.

Electrical connections are 115V-60H-1PH and supplied with an 8’ cord and plug.



Printed in the U.S.A.DSF290007/13


Delfield F2936C

G R I D D L E S & B R O I L E R S

P.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602

a division of ITW Food Equipment Group LLC

F32214 (03/12)

Item # C.S.I. Section 11420

VCCB SERIESCOUNTER MODEL GAS CHARBROILER

Model VCCB47

VCCB25 251⁄4" wide

VCCB36 36" wide

VCCB47 463⁄4" wide

VCCB60 60" wide

VCCB72 72" wide

STANDARD FEATURES

■ Stainless steel sides, control panel, top trim, backsplash and grease trough.

■ Full width front grease drawers.

■ Heavy duty cast iron char-radiants and burners.

■ 51⁄4" wide sloped cast iron grates are reversible for “level” broiling or self-cleaning. Cast in pitched grease trough in each grate blade provides fat run-off and controls flare-ups.

■ One 14,500 BTU/hr. burner for each broiler grate.

■ Standing pilot ignition system.

■ One infinite heat control valve for each burner.

■ Underburner deflector system reflects heat upwards creating a “Cool Zone” in the grease drawer and drip areas.

■ 4" adjustable legs.

■ 3⁄4" rear gas connection and gas pressure regulator.

■ One year limited parts and labor warranty.

OPTIONS

Super-charger burner dividers.

Diamond rod and waffle pattern cast iron grates.

Round rod and diamond rod welded steel grates.

ACCESSORIES

10" deep plate rail.

6" Backsplash with tapered sides splash kit.

Stainless steel stand with undershelf and casters.

SPECIFICATIONS

Low profile, high volume gas charbroiler, Vulcan Model No. ___________. Stainless steel front, sides, top trim and grease trough. Full width front grease collection drawers. Heavy duty cast iron char-radiants and burners. 51⁄4" wide cast iron diamond grates. One 14,500 BTU/hr. burner for each broiling grate. Underburner deflector system reflects heat upwards. Standing pilot ignition system. One infinite heat control valve for each burner. 4" adjustable legs. 3⁄4" rear gas connection and gas pressure regulator.

Exterior Dimensions: _____" wide x 271⁄4" deep x 13" working height.

CSA design certified. NSF listed.

SPECIFY TYPE OF GAS WHEN ORDERING.SPECIFY ALTITUDE WHEN ABOVE 5,999 FT.


Vulcan VCCB36

P.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602

a division of ITW Food Equipment Group LLC

G R I D D L E S & B R O I L E R S

F32214 (03/12)

VCCB SERIESCOUNTER MODEL GAS CHARBROILER

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:

NOTE: In line with its policy to continually improve its products, Vulcan reserves the right to change materials and specifications without notice.

1. A gas pressure regulator supplied with the unit must be installed: Natural Gas 5.0" (127 mm) W.C. Propane Gas 10.0" (254 mm) W.C.

2. An adequate ventilation system is required for commercial cooking equipment. Information may be obtained by writing to the National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. When writing refer to NFPA No. 96.

3. These units are manufactured for installation in accordance with National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI-Z223.1/NFPA #54 (latest edition). Copies may be obtained from The American Gas Association, Accredited Standards Committee Z223 @ 400 N. Capital St. NW, Washington, DC 20001, or the Secretary Standards Council, NFPA, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NOTE: In The Commonwealth of Massachusetts All gas appliances vented through a ventilation hood or exhaust

system equipped with a damper or with a power means of exhaust shall comply with 248 CMR.

4. CLEARANCES – This model series is for installation in noncombustible locations with the following clearances:

Back Right Side Left Side Above grid level 3" 0" 0" Below grid level 3" 0" 0"

5. This appliance is manufactured for commercial installation only and is not intended for home use.

MODEL WIDTH DEPTHOVERALLHEIGHT

WORKINGHEIGHT*

BROILINGAREA

#BURNERS

TOTALBTU/HR

APPROX SHIPWT (LB/KG)

VCCB25 251⁄4"

271⁄4" 143⁄4" 13"

211⁄2" X 201⁄2" 4 58,000 265/120

VCCB36 36" 32" X 201⁄2" 6 87,000 355/161

VCCB47 463⁄4" 43" X 201⁄2" 8 116,000 460/209

VCCB60 60" 563⁄8" X 201⁄2" 11 159,500 600/272

VCCB72 72" 663⁄8" X 201⁄2" 13 188,500 720/327

MODELACCESSORY CODE

BACKSPLASH PLATE RAIL STAND

VCCB25 SPLASH6-CB25 PLTRAIL-VCCB25 STAND/C-24





FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

Plate Rail

Backsplash


Vulcan VCCB36

Job Item#

www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com

Infrared Cheese Melter (range Mount, Wall Mount

and Countertop)

Standard Features- Standard (2) years limited parts and labor warranty

(reference http://www.southbendnc.com/service.html for limited warranty details).

- Largest Cooking Area- Total BTU’s: 24” - 20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 32” - 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 36” - 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 48” - 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 60” - 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 72” - 80,000 BTU (NAT or LP)- Dual valve control for left and right operation- 90 second preheat time with no waiting between loads- Interpiping of gas connection to sectional range base (not

available for Pass Thru (PT) model)- Stainless steel interior construction- Bright anneal removable crumb tray- 5 position rack guides-Rangemountonflueriserstandard- Chrome plated cooking rack- Pass Thru (PT) cheese melter is countertop or shelf mount

only (shelf not included)

Printed in USACM Rev 3 (December/2011)

P24-CM; P32-CM; P36-CM; P48-CM; P60-CM; P72-CM P32-CM-PT; P36-CM-PT; P48-CM-PT; P60-CM-PT; P72-CM-PT

STandard COnSTrUCTIOn SPECIFICaTIOnS

Exterior Finish: Constructed of 430 stainless steel #3 polish.

assembly: Double wall enforced sides and back. Removable broiler rack, constructed of .375” diameter welded steel chrome plated rod. 5 broiling positions.

Controls: Independent dual valve controls to operate left and rightburnerfield(exceptP24-CM).Heavydutygasvalvesadjustgasflowwithvariabletemperatureadjustmentbetweenhigh and off. Broiler rack (5 position) can be raised or lowered for optimum broiling applications.

Mounting: Rangemountedtoaflueriserisstandard.Alsoavailable as a wall mount or countertop unit with 4”legs.

Flue riser:Heavyduty,reinforcedflueriserandairinsulatedshield located on bottom of broiler to protect broiler from heat generated on range top.

Broiler:Infraredcheesemelterthatcanmountontheflueriser of a sectional and/or restuarant range, mount on the wall or used with 4” legs as a countertop unit. Available in natural or propane.

P24-CM: Equiped with 2 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and single valve control. Cooking cavityis19”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustablepositions.247 sq. in. cooking surface.P32-CM: Equiped with 4 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation.Cookingcavityis27”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustable positions. 351 sq. in. cooking surface.P36-CM: Equiped with 4 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation.CookingCavityis31”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustable positions. 403 sq. in. cooking surface.P48-CM: Equiped with 6 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation.Cookingcavityis43”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustable positions. 559 sq. in. cooking surface.

P60-CM: Equiped with 6 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation.CookingCavityis55”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustable positions. 715 sq. in. cooking surface.P72-CM: Equiped with 8 -10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 80,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation.Cookingcavityis67”wideand13”deep,withfiveadjustable positions. 871 sq. in. cooking surface.

Model P36-CM

Model P32-CM-PT

with optional legs


Southbend P32-CM

1100 Old Honeycutt Road, Fuquay-Varina, NC 27526(919) 762-1000 www.southbendnc.com

Models:

InTEndEd FOr COMMErCIaL USE OnLY. nOT FOr HOUSEHOLd USE.

MISCELLanEOUSUTILITY InFOrMaTIOn

CM Rev 3 (December/2011)

OPTIOnS and aCCESSOrIES FOr STandard MOdELS OnLY

- Minimum clearance from noncombustible construction is zero. Minimum clearance from combustible construction is 1” on sides and 0” on rear.

-Checklocalcodesforfireandsanitaryregulations.

nOTICE:Southbend has a policy of continuous product research and improvement.Wereservetherighttochangespecificationsand product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment.

GaS: Required natural gas operating pressure is 4” W.C. Required propane gas operating pressure is 10” W.C. A pressure regulator with a 3/4” NPT Inlet/Outlet is supplied with the unit. Diameter ofpipingorflexhoseusedtosupplygasto unit, needs to be sized to achieve specifiedoperatingpressure.The reargas inlet is 3/8” NPT pipe and has a centerline location of 2-3/4” from the bottom and 1-1/8” from the right side as you face the unit.

P24-CM P32-CM P36-CM P48-CM P60-CM P72-CM P32-CM-PT P36-CM-PT P48-CM-PT P60-CM-PT P72-CM-PT

Range mount (specify riser size)Wall mount with bracket4” stainless steel legs for countertop use

16” (406)CLEARANCE

W/ WELDED GRATES

Sloped enclosureAdditional rack

The broiler and flue riser assembly is shown here mounted on a six-burner open top range with a convection oven base.

OPTIOnS and aCCESSOrIES FOr PaSS THrU MOdELS4” stainless steel legs for countertop use Additional rack

Model Width height depth Weight

P24-CM 24”(610)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

90 lbs(41 kg)

P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT

32”(813)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

120 lbs(54 kg)

P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT

36”(914)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

135 lbs(61 kg)

P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT

48”(1219)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

175 lbs(79 kg)

P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT

60”(1524)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

220 lbs(100 kg)

P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT

72”(1829)

21.5”(546)

15.5”(394)

265 lbs(120 kg)

ModelGas (BTU/Hr)

NaTUral ProPaNe

P24-CM 20,000 20,000

P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT 40,000 40,000

P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT 40,000 40,000

P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT 60,000 60,000

P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT 60,000 60,000

P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT 80,000 80,000


Southbend P32-CM

Job Item#


Countertop rangeGas Modular Countertop Ranges

Standard Features

- Available in 12”, 24”, 36” and 48” (24”, 36” and 48” step-up units also available)

- 33,000 BTU NAT (24,000 BTU LP) open top non-clogging burner

- Hi/Low burner controls

- Stainless steel front and sides

- 3/4” rear gas connection and pressure regulator

- 12”castflushtopgrates

- 4” stainless steel legs

- Stainlesssteel,fullwidthcrumbtray

- OneyearlimitedPartsandLaborWarranty

(Model HDO-24)

Printed in USA

HDO-12, HDO-24, HDO-36, HDO-48Step-up Models: HDO-24SU, HDO-36SU, HDO-48SU

FormHDORev8(July/2012)

StanDaRD COnStRUCtIOn SPECIFICatIOnS

Exterior Finish:Stainlesssteelfrontandsides.Rearandbottompanelsareconstructedofaluminizedsteel.

Range top: Each burner is a 33,000 BTUNAT (24,000BTU LP) cast iron non-clogging burner (available in step-up). Removableflush topgrates. Center-to-centermeasurementsbetweenburnersnotlessthan12”,side-to-sideorfront-to-back.Removable one piece, full width crumb tray provided underburners.

Gas Heat Control System:Eachburneriscontrolledbyagasvalveforindependentcontrolofflame.Onestandingpilotserviceseachburner.A3/4”reargasconnectionisstandard.

Legs: Stainless steel 4” adjustable legs.


Southbend HDO-24


Models:

6.3" (160)2.78" (71)

11" (282) 15" (381)

4" (102)

3" (76)

24.625" (623)

1" (25)

31.125" (791)

HDO-12 HDO-24 HDO-36 HDO-48 HDO-24SU HDO-36SU HDO-48SU

IntEnDED FOR COMMERCIaL USE OnLY. nOt FOR HOUSEHOLD USE.


UtILItY InFORMatIOnGAS: Each unit has a 3/4” reargas connectionwith amaleNPTconnector. Min imum supplypressureis7”W.C.fornaturalgasand11”W.C.forpropane.Allunitsrequire a regulated gas supply.Pressure regulator included. If using aflexiblehosegasconnection,theI.D.ofthehosemustnotbesmallerthan the connector on theunit andmust complywithANSIZ21.69,providinganadequatemeansofrestrainttopreventunduestrainonthegasconnection.

MISCELLanEOUS- Ifcastersareusedwithflexhose,arestrainingdeviceshouldbeusedtoeliminateunduestainontheflexhose.

- Minimumclearancefromnoncombustibleconstructioniszero.Minimumclearancefromcombustibleconstructionis10”onsidesand 6” on rear.

- Installunderventedhood.- Checklocalcodesforfireandsanitaryregulations.

nOtICE:Southbendhasapolicyofcontinuousproductresearchandimprovement.Wereservetherighttochangespecificationsandproductdesignwithoutnotice.Suchrevisionsdonotentitlethebuyertocorrespondingchanges,improvements,additionsorreplacementsforpreviouslypurchasedequipment.

OPtIOnS anD aCCESSORIES

Stainless steel stand

Castersforstand

HighperformanceWOKring

2”highinsulatorbaseformountingonrefrigeratedbase

Batterysparkignition

Shipping Crate DimenSionS & Weight

moDel WiDthBurnerS

@Btu (nat/lp)CrateDWiDth

CrateDDepth

CrateDWeight

HDO-12 12.125”(308) 2(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

165 lbs(75kg)

HDO-24/24SU 24.5”(622) 4(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

209lbs(94kg)

HDO-36/36SU 36.75”(933) 6(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

253 lbs(115kg)

HDO-48/48SU 49”(1245) 8(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

299lbs(135kg)

moDelgaS (Btu/hr)

natural propane

HDO-12 66,000 48,000

HDO-24/24SU 132,000 96,000

HDO-36/36SU 198,000 144,000

HDO-48/48SU 264,000 192,000


Southbend HDO-24

18"457mm

12"305mm

Rough-In RequirementØ 1" [25mm] Mounting Hole

FlangeØ 2" [51mm]

Lever Handle w/Color Coded (CW) Index

SwivelJoint

Eterna Cartridge &

1/2" NPSMMale Inlet

2 7/16"62mm

Sheet: 1 of 2


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.



JHBDMHSingle Hole Deck Mount Pot Filler Faucet w/ 18" Double Joint

Handle, & 1/2" NPT Male Shank Inlet


Swing Nozzle, Heat Resistant Handle, Eterna Cartridge, Lever

B-0590

10/29/13

DHLApprovedDrawn Checked



Date:

1:5


Job Name__________________________Date_________



Contractor_______________________________________

3 1/4"83mm

Heat Resistant"On-Off" Handle

SwivelJoint

Mounting Surface

150AOptional Tailpiece & Nut For 1/4" NPT Connection(Included)

6 3/4"171mm

1 5/8"41mm

MaximumThickness

134mm 5 1/4"

10 5/16"262mm

B-0591

24"


T & S Brass B-0591/B-0200

ITEMNO. SALES NO. DESCRIPTION

1 000936-45 Handle Set Screw2 001126-20 Handle w/ (2) Set Screws3 035A Outlet Assembly4 000587-25 Spout Body5 001498-25 Spout6 001089-45 Seal7 003426-45 O-Ring8 002848-40 18" Double Joint Nozzle 9 002870-40 6" Front Section Asm.

10 009538-45 Swivel Washer11 001074-45 O-Ring12 011429-45 Swivel Sleeves (2)13 002871-40 12" Back Section Asm.14 005960-40 Eterna Cartridge, RTC15 001638-45 Lever Handle16 001660-45 Blue Index-CW17 000922-45 Lever Handle Screw18 002714-40 Eterna Cartridge RTC w/

Handle, Index & Screw19 000999-45 Brass Lock Washer20 002954-45 Shank Lock Nut21 150A 1/4" NPT Tailpiece & Nut

of2Sheet:

Model No.

Item No.


2

B-05902 Saddleback Cove / P.O. Box 1088Travelers Rest, SC 29690



JHB

NTSDate:Handle, & 1/2" NPT Male Shank Inlet

DMH

10/29/13Scale:


DHLSingle Hole Deck Mount Pot Filler Faucet w/ 18" Double Joint Swing Nozzle, Heat Resistant Handle, Eterna Cartridge, Lever

19

20

21

8 9

2

3

13

6

1

5

4

10

11

7

14 15 16

17

12

18


T & S Brass B-0591/B-0200

4"102mm

Contractor_______________________________________

__________________________Date_________


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.


03/13/14JRM

B-0200-LN


Single Hole Deck Mount Mixing Faucet, Eterna Cartridges, Lever


Date:

Handles & Spreader w/ 1/2" NPT Male Inlet, Less Nozzle



2of1Sheet:1:4


Checked:Drawn: Approved:DHL JHB



Job Name

Product Compliance:

ASME A112.18.1 / CSA B125.1NSF 61 - Section 9NSF 372 (Low Lead Content)ANSI A117.1 (ADA)

Lever Handles w/Eterna Cartridges &

Standard T&S SwingSwivel Outlet Accepts

Color Coded Indexes

4" Spreader w/1/2" NPT Male Inlets

Nozzles

2 1/4" [57mm] Flange w/ 1 1/8" [29mm] Shank

Mounting Surface

4 3/4"120mm

4"102mm

Rough-In Requirement: 1 1/2" [38mm] Mounting Hole

(2) 150AOptional Tailpieces & NutFor 1/4" NPT Connection(Included)

35mmMaximumThickness

1 3/8"

2 5/16"58mm

7 5/16"186mm


T & S Brass B-0591/B-0200

9

4

2 143

6

578

1

11

10

12

13

03/13/14 Scale:

Model No.

Item No.



B-0200-LN

JRM Date:


Handles & Spreader w/ 1/2" NPT Male Inlet, Less Nozzle NSF 372 (Low Lead Content)


NTS

ANSI A117.1 (ADA)

2of2Sheet:JHBDHL Approved:Drawn: Checked:

Product Compliance:

ASME A112.18.1 / CSA B125.1NSF 61 - Section 9

Single Hole Deck Mount Mixing Faucet, Eterna Cartridges, Lever Product Specifications:


1 000922-45 Lever Handle Screw2 001661-45 Red Index-HW3 005960-40 Eterna Cartridge, RTC4 005959-40 Eterna Cartridge, LTC5 001660-45 Blue Index-CW6 001638-45 Lever Handle7 002290-45 Lock Washer8 000965-45 Lock Nut9 000736-20 Spreader Coupler Nut

10 001041-45 Spreader Washer

11 002898-40 4" Spreader w/ 1/2" NPT Male Inlets

12 150A 1/4" NPT Tailpiece & Nut

13 002713-45 Eterna Cartridge LTC w/ Handle, Index & Screw

14 002714-40 Eterna Cartridge RTC w/ Handle, Index & Screw


T & S Brass B-0591/B-0200

Job Item#



Standard Features










(Model HDO-24)

Printed in USA









Southbend HDO-48


Models:

6.3" (160)2.78" (71)

11" (282) 15" (381)

4" (102)

3" (76)

24.625" (623)

1" (25)

31.125" (791)











Castersforstand





moDel WiDthBurnerS


CrateDDepth

CrateDWeight

HDO-12 12.125”(308) 2(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

165 lbs(75kg)

HDO-24/24SU 24.5”(622) 4(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

209lbs(94kg)

HDO-36/36SU 36.75”(933) 6(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

253 lbs(115kg)

HDO-48/48SU 49”(1245) 8(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

299lbs(135kg)

moDelgaS (Btu/hr)

natural propane

HDO-12 66,000 48,000

HDO-24/24SU 132,000 96,000

HDO-36/36SU 198,000 144,000

HDO-48/48SU 264,000 192,000


Southbend HDO-48









• F29110C110.25”Selfcontainedlow-profilestand

F2952C


Self-Contained Low-Profile Refrigerated Equipm

ent StandsProject ______________________________________

Item ________________________________________

Quantity _____________________________________

CSI Section 11400

Approved ___________________________________

Date ________________________________________



• Top is heavy duty stainless steel, with full

perimeter marine edge

• Standard stainless steel ends

• Exterior drawer fronts are stainless steel

• High density environmentally friendly, Kyoto

Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion

Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential)

polyurethane foam insulation throughout unit

• Snap-in drawer gaskets for easy removal

• Mounted on casters

• 8’ cord and plug supplied

• Base interior cabinet is cooled with mullion style

coated blower coil(s) mounted between each

door/drawer section for even air and temperature

control

• Interior refrigerated base cabinet section to

• Drawer locks

• 230V, 50Hz electrical system*

• Stainless steel back

• Mechanical housing left side

• 4” casters in lieu of 6”

• 6.12” adjustable full stainless

steel legs and bullet feet

• Doors in lieu of drawers

(except 32”)

• Plastic laminate end

• Plastic laminate back

• Plastic laminate front

* Inclusion of this option will alter

electrical specifications

maintain 36° to 40° meeting NSF7

• Digital thermometer

• Wall-mounted bracket to prevent tipping

• Full Extension Plus Drawer system is a complete

drawer system. Drawer system is sized to hold

12” x 20” x 4” deep hotel pans (by others). The

drawer system is all stainless steel construction

for maximum durability

• When ordering, specify make, model and depth

of cooking equipment sitting on the equipment

stand

• Height of surface for setting equipment is 25.50”

• Environmentally friendly HFC-404A refrigerant

• Three year parts and labor warranty and an

additional two year compressor parts warranty

F2900C:


Standard Features

Models


Delfield F2952C

Elevations Views

52.25"133cm

14.00"36cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

18.00"46cm

16.00"41cm

62.25"158cm

19.00" 48cm

19.00" 48cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

75.25"191cm

16.00"41cm

56.25"143cm

80.25"204cm

16.00"41cm

87.25"222cm

14.00"36cm

99.25"252cm

110.25"280cm

14.00"36cm

F2952C

F2956C

F2962C

F2975CF2936C

F2980C

F2987C

F2999C

F29110C

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

19.00" 48cm

19.00" 48cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

18.00"46cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

32.00" 81cm

27.00" 69cm

27.00" 69cm

36.25"92cm

9.00"23cm

WarningToassureproperoperationa2”airspacemustbemaintainedbetweenthebottomofanycookingequipment and the top of this unit. Cookingequipmentmusthaveabarrier(i.e.bottom,drippan)betweenitsheatsourceandthetopoftheequipment stand. Failure to comply with thiscould severely damage the equipment standandvoidallwarranties.


Delfield F2952C

F2900C

All Models Plan View All Models Right Side View

Delfield reserves the right to make changes to the design or specifications without prior notice.

Specifications

Self-contained Models

# Of 12x20 Pans

V/Hz/Ph Amps Ship Weight BTU Load BTU System

H.P. Nema Plug

F2936C 3 115/60/1 3.8 374lbs(170kg) 376 1727 1/5 5-15-P

F2952C 4 115/60/1 8.0 398lbs(181kg) 452 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2956C 4 115/60/1 8.0 405lbs(184kg) 461 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2962C 6 115/60/1 8.0 479lbs(217kg) 575 1727 1/5 5-15P

F2975C 8 115/60/1 10.0 540lbs(245kg) 717 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2980C 8 115/60/1 10.0 578lbs(262kg) 726 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2987C 10 115/60/1 10.0 672lbs(305kg) 868 2341 1/4 5-15P

F2999C 12 115/60/1 10.0 691lbs(313kg) 1029 2341 1/4 5-15P

F29110C 12 115/60/1 12.0 766lbs(347kg) 1143 2630 1/3 5-15P

NOTE:Removethe“C”onthemodelnumberwhenorderingwithlegs.(example-F2952)

Nominal Length + 0.25" (6mm)

W/ Marine Edge Top

30.93"79cm

26.00"(66cm)

6.12”(16cm)

7.62"(19cm)


Delfield F2952C

Exterior top is 18-gauge stainless steel with full perimeter marine edge. Corners are fully welded with smooth radii corners for easy clean out. Interior sub-top made of 22-gauge 2BF stainless steel is made integral with the top by injecting 2.00” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior tops.

Refrigerated base interior back and bottom are constructed of a 22-gauge 2BF stainless steel. Exterior sides, bottom and back are made of 22-gauge galvanized steel. Both left and right interior sides are formed of ABS plastic. The base is injected with 2.00” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior. Refrigerated base fronts are made of .095” thick ABS thermoformed plastic and backed up by ridged polyurethane water blown injection molded frames. The frames are an excellent thermo-break and superior structural material for fastening doors and drawers. Exterior machine compartment side is constructed of 18-gauge galvanized steel.

Finished stainless steel ends are standard. Louver, coil panel and drawer faces are all standard with stainless steel construction. Units are supplied with wall-mounted bracket and threaded rod to allow installation of the unit against a solid surface.

Full Extension Plus drawer system is a complete drawer system, which can operate independent of the unit it ’s installed in. Drawer system is sized to hold 12” x 20” x 4“ deep hotel pans and smaller fractional pans. Drawer system is all stainless steel construction for maximum durability. Drawer track rollers are made of Delrin and do not require grease for operation. Intermediate tracks are removable without tools and house Delfield’s “anti-friction binary roller system”. Drawer boxes are designed with “easy pan grip flanges”. Tracks are designed with a stay shut feature that holds the drawer gasket tight to the base front on uneven floors. Exterior drawer fronts are made of stainless steel; and an interior made of ABS plastic with formed in channels to house the snap-in dart style santoprene gasket.

Specifications


A galvanized brace is foamed in place to be an integral part of the drawer front assembly. Each drawer front is injected with 1.87” of high density polyurethane foam between the exterior and interior. Handles are recessed black plastic and held in with a positive lock system. Drawers are backed by a 10-year warranty on the track assembly.

Unit is supported with two 14-gauge leg rails that run the entire length of the unit. Leg rails are welded to the bottom side of the unit and are tied together with two 12-gauge braces running front to back. Caster/leg boxes are welded inside the leg rail and 6” casters are mounted standard.

Refrigeration system components are HFC-404A. Interior cabinet is cooled with mullion style blower coils (coated) mounted between each door/drawer section for very even air and temperature control.

A thermostat and pre-wired condensing unit with hot gas condensate evaporator are installed in the machine compartment. Models F2952C through F29110C protect the thermostat in a splash resistant enclosure. The digital thermometer with stainless steel guard is located in the top nosing above the machine compartment (standard on right). Interior refrigerated base cabinet will maintain 36°F to 40°F at 100°F ambient room temperature.

Electrical connections are 115V-60H-1PH and supplied with an 8’ cord and plug.



Printed in the U.S.A.DSF290007/13


Delfield F2952C

& s o n s , i n c .


MARSAL AND SONS, INC. WF42 STACKED

& s o n s , i n c .

60¼"

74"

MB42: 36"

MB60: 48"

65¼"

Phone: (631) 226-6688FAX: (631) 226-6890

Dotted Lines IndicateFlat Dome Model Dimensions

44¼"32½"

51"60¼"

74"

65¼"

30½"

MB42: 36"MB60: 48"

9¼"

76¼"

16"

41¾"

71¼"

80½"

18"

37"

43½"

62½"

29¾"

55½"

9¼"

8"

MB Series Pizza Ovens SpecificationsModel No. MB42 & MB60

www.marsalsons.com

MB42: 35¼"MB60: 44"

MB42: 62½"MB60: 80"

44¼"

2"

9"

6" DIAMETER FLUE

MB42: 33"MB60: 45"

single front view single side view

top viewsingle 3/4 view

stacked front view stacked side view

(Door Opening)

Copyright ©2006 Marsal & Sons, Inc. All designs and specifications presented in this document are subject to change without notice due to constant innovation.


Marsal and Sons, Inc. MB42 STACKED

Project_________________________

Item No._________________________

Quantity_________________________

Pitco Frialator, Inc P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 509 Route 3A, Bow, NH 03304 603-225-6684 FAX: 603-225-8497 www.pitco.com L10-266 Rev 4 04/12 Printed in the USA

SOLSTICE SUPREME (SSH) SERIES SSH55(R), 55T(R), 60(R), 60W(R), 75(R) Gas Fryers

STANDARD FEATURES & ACCESSORIES Tank - stainless steel construction Cabinet - stainless front, door and sides Solstice Burner Technology, No blower or ceramics High Efficiency design, EnergyStar performance Patented Self Cleaning Burner & Down Draft

Protection Solid State T-Stat with melt cycle & boil out mode Matchless Ignition automatically lights the pilot when

the power is turned on and saves you money during off times

DVI drain valve interlock safety system turns the heat off preventing the oil from scorching / overheating.

High Temperature safety limit switch Heavy duty 3/16” bottom door hinge 1 ¼” (3.2 cm) Full port drain valve for fast draining Separate Manual gas shutoffs, for front servicing Integrated flue deflector 9” (22.9 cm) adjustable legs, easier access to clean Tube rack, allows crumbs & debris into cool zone Removable basket hanger, requires no tools Drain Line Clean out rod Drain Extension Fryer cleaner sample packet Choice of basket options :

2-Twin Baskets 1-Full Basket (not available on SSH55T or Basket Lifts)

HIGH EFFICIENCY SERIES OF GAS FRYERS For Energy Saving High Production Frying specify Pitco Model SSH55(R),55T(R),60(R),60W(R),75(R) tube fired gas fryers with Solstice Supreme Burner Technology which provides very dependable atmospheric heat transfer and fuel saving ENERGYSTAR®** performance without the need for complex power blowers. This patented atmospheric burner system with its long lasting alloy heat baffles reaches up to 70% thermal efficiency and delivers lower flue temperatures. New Patented Self Cleaning Burner goes through a daily 30 second cleaning cycle to keep your burners tuned to operate in the most energy efficient manner. Ventilation troubles are virtually eliminated with the Patented Down Draft Protection that safely monitors your fryer, making this a low maintenance, highly reliable fryer. High volume restaurants and multi-store chains can benefit from lower operational energy cost and lower annual maintenance and repair cost.

MODELS AVAILABLE 55 Series (40-50 lbs, 14” x 14” fry area) SSH55** (80 Kbtu/hr, 23.4 kW, 88 MJ) SSH55R (100 Kbtu/hr, 29.3 kW, 105 MJ)

55T Twin Vat Series (20-25 lbs, 7” x 14” fry area/side) SSH55T (40K btu/hr, 11.7 kW, 44 MJ /side) SSH55TR (50K btu/hr, 14.6 kW, 53 MJ /side)

60 Series (50-60 lbs, 14” x 18” fry area) SSH60** (80K btu/hr, 23.4 kW, 88 MJ) SSH60R (100K btu/hr, 29.3 kW, 105 MJ)

60W Series (50-60 lbs, 18” x 14” fry area) SSH60W** (100K btu/hr, 29.3 kW, 110 MJ) SSH60WR (125K btu/hr, 36.6 kW, 132 MJ)

75 Series (75 lbs, 18” x 18” fry area) SSH75** (105K btu/hr, 30.8 kW, 116 MJ) SSH75R (125K btu/hr, 36.6 kW, 132 MJ)

OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES (AT ADDITIONAL COST) Digital Controller (2 timers w/melt cycle) Intellifry I-12 Computer (12 elastic timers w/melt & boil out) Backup thermostat (only on Digital and I-12 computer) Basket Lift (must be ordered with Digital Control or Computer)

(To meet AGA/CGA/CSA specification, must be ordered with casters & installed with flexible gas hose w/restraining cable)

Stainless Steel back (not available with basket lift) 9”(22.9 cm) adjustable,non-lock rear & front lock casters Flexible gas hose with disconnect and restraining cable Tank cover 3-Triple Baskets (not available on 55T or Basket Lifts) Consult Factory for other basket configurations Splash Guard reversible (L/R) 6" 8" 12" 18" Work Shelves call factory for specifications and availabilty Fish Grids (not available on 55T) Institutional Prison security package BNB Dump Station, see BNB spec sheet L10-269 Filter System options (See Spec Sheet):

Filter drawer (L10-134) SoloFilter (L10-267) SPINFRESH, see spec sheet L10-524 for details

SOLSTIC

E SUPR

EME (SSH

) SERIES SSH

55(R), 55T(R

), 60(R),60W

(R),75(R

) Gas Fryers

SSH55 w/standard Solid State

**ENERGYSTAR ® Models

SSH75 w/optional Computer, Basket Lift

and casters

SSH60WR w/optional

I12 Computer and casters

SSH55T w/optional Digital and

rear casters


Pitco 2-SSH55SSTC-S/FD

SOLSTICE SUPREME (SSH) SERIES SSH55(R), 55T(R), 60(R), 60W(R), 75(R) Gas Fryers

Pitco Frialator, Inc P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 509 Route 3A, Bow, NH 03304 603-225-6684 FAX: 603-225-8497 www.pitco.com L10-266 Rev 4 04/12 Printed in the USA

We reserve the right to change specifications without notice and without incurring any obligation for equipment previously or subsequently sold.

SOLS

TIC

E SU

PREM

E (S

SH) S

ERIE

S SS

H55

(R),

55T(

R),

60(R

), 60

W(R

), 75

(R) G

as F

ryer

s

IN/CMCONTROL

52 11/32 [132.9]

6 1/4 [15.9]19 5/8 [49.8]

38 11/32 [97.4]

9 [22.9]NOM.

34 15/32 [87.5]

34 [86.4]NOM.

12 13/16[32.5] NOM.

C

G

B

DIGITAL

SOLID STATETHERMOSTAT

OPTIONAL

SSH55T (TR)

4 1/4 [10.8]15 5/8 [39.7]

SSH55 (R)

48 11/32 [122.8]BC

ASSH75 (R)

54 13/32 [138.2]NOM.

A

1 13/32 [3.6]

10 1/2 [26.7]NOM.

4 13/32 [11.2]

46 1/8 [117.1]NOM.

G

P

INTEGRAL FLUE DEFLECTOR

OPTIONAL BASKET LIFT11/16 [1.7]

52 11/32 [132.9]SSH60 (R)

4 1/4 [10.8]15 5/8 [39.7]

48 11/32 [122.8]

SSH60W (R)

19 5/8 [49.8]6 1/4 [15.9]

P

3/4 INCH GAS CONNECTION(CE 3/4 INCH BSP ADAPTOR ADDS 1 1/2 [3.8] TO CONNECTION)

6 FOOT (183 CM) POWER CORD (NEMA 5-15 PLUG 115VAC UNITS ONLY)

P

G

50 - 60 Lbs (23 - 27 kg)SSH60W, 60WR 18 x 14 in (45.7 x 35.6 cm)3-1/4 - 5 in (8.3 -12.7 cm) 75 Lbs (34 kg)SSH75, 75R 18 x 18 in (45.7 x 45.7 cm)

20 - 25 Lbs (9 -11 kg)SSH55T, 55TR per side 7 x 14 in (35.6 x35.6cm)3-1/4 - 5 in (8.3 -12.7 cm) 50 - 60 Lbs (23 - 27 kg)SSH60, 60R 14 x 18 in (35.6 x 45.7 cm)

40 - 50 Lbs (18 - 23 kg)SSH55, 55R 14 x 14 in (35.6 x 35.6 cm)Cook Depth Oil CapacityModel Frying Area

330 Lbs (150 kg)

Shipping Weight

SSH55T, SSH55TR

3-1/4 - 5 in (8.3 -12.7 cm)3-1/4 - 5 in (8.3 -12.7 cm)

3-1/4 - 5 in (8.3 -12.7 cm)

308 Lbs (140 kg) SSH55, SSH55R 208 Lbs (94.5 kg)Model

6" (15.25 cm)

Combustible material

PropaneNatural

CLEARANCESFryer Flue AreaFront min. Floor min. Non-Combustible material

* Check plumbing / gas codes for proper gas supply line sizing to sustain burner pressure when all gas appliances are full on.

Gas Type

326 Lbs (149 kg)

Store Supply Pressure *

275 Lbs (124.5 kg)

226 Lbs (102.5 kg)275 Lbs (124.5 kg)

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

376 Lbs (171 kg) 376 Lbs (171 kg)

6" (15.2cm) 6" (15.2cm) 0"Sides min. Rear min.

SSH75, SSH75RSSH60W,SSH60WR

INDIVIDUAL FRYER SPECIFICATIONS

FRYER SHIPPING INFORMATION (Approximate)

SSH60, SSH60R

Shipping CubeShipping Crate Size H x W x L

230 Lbs (104 kg)

Add for Each Bsk/Lifts

Amps 208 / 220-240V 115V

Rear min. Do not block / restrict flue gases from flowing into hood or install vent hood drains over the flue.0"

Provide Pitco Solstice Supreme Model (SSH xxx) tube fired high efficiency / high production gas floor fryer with ENERGYSTAR®** performance. Fryer shall be xx-xx lbs oil capacity, xxx Kbtu/hr, xx” by xx” fry area, stainless peened tank, stainless front, door, sides. Patented Blower Free atmospheric burner system with up to 70% thermal efficiency, Patented self cleaning burners, down draft protection, matchless ignition, drain valve interlock, behind the door solid state t-stat with melt and boil mode (or specify optional digital controller or computer controls), separate gas shut off, 3/4" npt rear gas connect, recessed cabinet back, 1-1/4" Full port drain, 3/16" bottom hinge, 9” adjustable legs, manual reset high limit. If supplied with casters: Casters with 1" min. adjustment and front toe locks. Provide options and accessories as follows:

SHORT FORM SPECIFICATIONS

0.40.71

30" (76.2 cm)

Sides min.

Fryer

59 x 23 x 44 in (149.8 x 58.4 x 111.7 cm) 34.6 ft3. (1.0m3 )

11 - 13" w.c.(27.4 mbars/ 2.7 kPa)4" w.c. (10 mbars / 1 kPa)

10" w.c. (25mbars/2.4 kPa)7 - 10" w.c.(17.4 mbars/ 1.7 kPa)

GAS SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ELECTRIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (50/60 hz)Burner Manifold Pressure # of Cord


Pitco 2-SSH55SSTC-S/FD

Job Item#



Standard Features










(Model HDO-24)

Printed in USA









Southbend HDO-24


Models:

6.3" (160)2.78" (71)

11" (282) 15" (381)

4" (102)

3" (76)

24.625" (623)

1" (25)

31.125" (791)











Castersforstand





moDel WiDthBurnerS


CrateDDepth

CrateDWeight

HDO-12 12.125”(308) 2(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

165 lbs(75kg)

HDO-24/24SU 24.5”(622) 4(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

209lbs(94kg)

HDO-36/36SU 36.75”(933) 6(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

253 lbs(115kg)

HDO-48/48SU 49”(1245) 8(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

299lbs(135kg)

moDelgaS (Btu/hr)

natural propane

HDO-12 66,000 48,000

HDO-24/24SU 132,000 96,000

HDO-36/36SU 198,000 144,000

HDO-48/48SU 264,000 192,000


Southbend HDO-24

2110 South 26th Street

PO Box 1720

Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USA

Tel: 1.920.682.0161

Fax: 1.920.683.7589

www.manitowocice.com

QuietQube® i-1470C Remote Ice Cube Machine Air-Cooled Ice Cube Machine with Patented CVD Technology®

QuietQ

ube® i-1470C

Remote Ice C

ube Machine

Air-C

ooled Ice Cube M

achine with Patented C

VD Technology®

Model ID-1472C IY-1474C

Dice 7⁄8" x 7⁄8" x 7⁄8"(2.22 x 2.22 x 2.22 cm)

Half Dice 3⁄8" x 11⁄8" x 7⁄8" (.95 x 2.86 x 2.22 cm)

Ice Shape

YEAR YEAR

COMPRESSORICE MAKER EVAPORATOR

PARTS AND LABORYEAR PARTS

3 YEAR LABOR

QuietQube Series Remote System consists of a remote condensing unit, interconnecting refrigerant lines, ice machine head section along with an ice storage bin, countertop dispenser, or floor dispenser. All ordered separately. QuietQube ice machine with CVD condensing unit is designed as a Manitowoc system and cannot be used with any other ice machine or remote condenser brand.

• Space-Saving Design – Up to to 1,425 lbs. (646 kgs.) daily ice production and only 30" (76.20 cm) wide.

• Quiet Operation - eliminates most noise from the refrigeration system. Promotes a relaxing atmosphere.

• Intelligent Diagnostics – provide 24 hour preventative maintenance and diagnostic feedback for trouble free operation.

• Acoustical Ice Sensing Probe – for reliable operation in challenging water conditions.

• EasyRead Display – communicates operating status, cleaning reminders, and asset information through a blue illuminated display.

• Programmable Ice Production – by On/Off Time, Ice Volume or Bin Level (with accessory bin level control) further improves energy efficiency and savings.

• Easy to Clean Foodzone – Removable water-trough, distribution tube, splash shield, and sensing probes for fast and efficient cleaning. Select components made with AlphaSan® antimicrobial.

• DuraTech™ Exterior – provides superior corrosion resistance. Stainless finish with innovative clear-coat resists fingerprints and dirt.

• Available LuminIce™ Growth Inhibitor controls the growth of bacteria and yeast within the foodzone.

ID-1472C Ice Cube Machine - 115V

ICVD Condensing Unit

ID-1472C Ice Machine on a B-970 Bin

Two ID-1472C Ice Machineson a F-1650 Bin

Air-Cooled Remote


Manitowoc Ice IY-1474C

2110 South 26th Street

PO Box 1720

Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USA

Tel: 1.920.682.0161

Fax: 1.920.683.7589

www.manitowocice.com

Standard Interconnecting Tubing with Required Communication Wire*Communication wire comes with each of the following line sets

*When using a non-Manitowoc line-set, a 186A 5-conductor communication cable must be installed between the head and condenser sections.

ModelLine Length Weightft. m. lbs. kgs.

RC-25 20 6 14 6RC-35 30 9 20 9RC-55 50 15 31 14

Ice Machine Electric115/60/1 standard. (230/50/1 also available, consult factory.) Total Amps: 1.1 Max. fuse size: 15 amps HACR-type circuit breakers can be used in place of fuses.

i-1470C Ice Machine

Shipping Weight: 172 lbs. / 78 kgs.

25.75"(65.4 cm)

24.13"(61.3 cm)34.00"

(86.4 cm)

A

C

BB

Electrical Entrance (2) OptionsOptionalSuction & Liquid Line ConnectionsSuction & Liquid Line ConnectionsCommunicatorCable Entrance

D

D

iCVD-1496 Remote Condensing Unit

Shipping Weight:220 lbs. / 100 kgs.

Installation Information and Dimensions:Maximum Line Length —100' (30.5 m).*Maximum Vertical Rise* —35' (10.7 m) above ice machine.Maximum Vertical Drop —15' (4.5 m) below ice machine.* A rise over 20' (6 m) requires S-Trap Kit K-00166 - ordered separately.

208-230/60/1 standard. 208-230/60/3 and 230/50/1 also available. 50 Hz version of this model meets the international standard, IEC60335-1, requirements for “T-tropical rating,” the most severe duty rating an ice machine can obtain, (consult factory). HACR-type circuit breakers can be used in place of fuses. Note: QuietQube ice machine power supply is wired independent of CVD condensing unit.

Min. circuit ampacity 20 1ph / 15 3ph Max. fuse size: 20 amps 1ph / 15 amps 3phHACR-type circuit breakers can be used in place of fuses.

Operating Limits:• Ambient Temperature Range:

-20˚ to 130˚F (-29˚ to 54˚C)

BTU Per Hour: 17,800 (average) 20,500 (peak)Compressor: Nominal rating: 1.75 HP

Condensing Unit Electric

Electrical Entrance 3/8" (0,95 cm) F.P.T.Ice Making Water InletSuction & Liquid Line ConnectionsAuCS® Accessory Knockout1/2" (1,27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water DrainCommunicatorCable Entrance

25.00"(63.5 cm)

24.50"(62.23 cm)

30.00"(76.2 cm)

BA

D

E

C

F

F

Specifications Operating Limits:• Ambient Temperature Range:

35˚ to 110˚F (1.7˚ to 43.3˚C)• Water Temperature Range:

35˚ to 90˚F (1.7˚ to 32.2˚C)• Water Pressure Ice Maker Water In:

Min. 20 psi (137.9 kPA) Max. 80 psi (551.1 kPA)

AccessoriesLuminIce™ Growth Inhibitorreduces yeast and bacteria growth for a cleaner ice machine.

AuCS®Automatic Cleaning System purchased as an option and installed in the field.

Remote Air-cooled Ice Machine

QuietQ

ube® i-1470C

Remote Ice C

ube Machine

Air-C

ooled Ice Cube M

achine with Patented C

VD Technology®

4848

E ©

2013

Man

itow

oc 7

/13

Con

tinui

ng p

rodu

ct im

prov

emen

t may

nec

essi

tate

cha

nge

of s

peci

ficat

ions

with

out n

otic

e.

ModelIce

Shape

Ice Production 24 Hours Power kWh/

100 lbs @ 90°/70°F* ENERGY

STAR70°Air/

50°F Water90°Air/

70°F Water*

ID-1472C dice1,330 lbs. 1,136 lbs.

4.43 H603 kgs. 515 kgs.

IY-1474C half- dice

1,425 lbs. 1,200 lbs.4.31 H

646 kgs. 544 kgs.

Water usage/100 lbs./45.4 kgs. of Ice

Potable Water*: 20 gallons, 75.7 liters

Ice machine for use with ice storage bin or ice dispenser and CVD condensing unit all ordered separately.

kWh per 100 lbs. is total power of ice machine and condensing unit. Ice machine is 1 ph only. Condensing unit is 1 ph or 3 ph.

*Ratings Certified in Accordance with AHRI Standard 810.


Manitowoc Ice IY-1474C

Single door uprightice storage bins

FeaturesDesigned for safer and more sanitary ice access

- industry exclusive SmartGATE® ice shield controls the flow of ice to reduce spills and limit contact with ice

- locks in three positions and returns easily to full down position even when bin is full

- better access to loosen congealed ice- no bending into bin means more sanitary ice removal with

scoop or shovel Fresher ice

- first ice in is first ice outIce compatibility

- compatible with all ice types, including customer preferred Chewblet® ice

Durable, user friendly construction- full stainless bin exterior - corrosion-resistant poly bin liner and top- heavy duty “stay-open” PowerHinge™ door hinge – easy one

hand open and close without door catches- molded-in gasket never needs to be replaced

Easy installation- comes assembled, simply screw in legs- only 31.00" (78.7 cm) deep to fit through standard door

openings by removing front door assembly (4 screws, no sealant)

Includes: - custom-cut non-corroding ABS top for most popular ice

machines- Flexi-Top™ ice bin top system for 48.00 in (121.9 cm) and

60.00 in (152.4 cm) wide models - optional Flexi-Tops make stocking bins simple – allows many ice

machines to fit one top- 82 oz plastic ice scoop

AccessoriesSmartCART™ 75 ice cart (item# 00112771)Ice paddle and hanging bracket (item# ABICEPADDL46)Ice rake (item# AB36RAKE)Plastic ice shovel (item# ABICESHOVEL)Center bin partitionAdditional carts and accessories (refer to form# 3435)

Job

Item

801 Church Lane | Easton, PA 18040, USA1.800.523.9361 | 1.610.252.7301 | follettice.com

Industry exclusive SmartGATE ice shield


Follett SG1475S-60

801 Church Lane | Easton, PA 18040, USA1.800.523.9361 | 1.610.252.7301 | follettice.com

Form #9140 04/13© 2013 Follett Corporation

Specification Maximum bin capacity1 see model table belowW1 Width see model table belowD1 Depth2 see model table belowD2 Depth with lower door assembly (easily removed for installation access)2

add 8.00" (20.32 cm)

D3 Depth with door fully extended add 18.50" (47.0 cm)H1 Height (adjustable) see model table belowH2 Bin sill height 19.00" (48.3 cm)Required door access see model table belowL1 Drain7 1.00" FPT, center of bin bottom Temperature range 60 - 90 F (16 - 32 C)Ice compatibility all ice types up to 1.00" (2.54 cm)

square, including flake ice typeShipping weight see model table belowNOTE: For indoor use only

Short form specification:Ice storage bin to be Follett model ______ with industry-exclusive SmartGATE ice shield. Cubic capacity to be ______, to hold approximately ______ lb (kg) of ice. Construction to be welded steel shell and frame. Exterior finish to be stainless steel front, sides, back and bottom. Bin liner to have non-corroding polyethylene walls and stainless steel bottom. Bin insulation to be non-CFC polyurethane foam, bonded to shell and liner for added structural strength. Bin top to be ABS plastic custom-cut for specific ice machine(s) to be used. Lower door assembly to include non-corroding polyethylene ice door assembly, polyethylene lift door with PowerHinge door hinge to eliminate gasket and latches, and inner SmartGATE ice shield to positively control ice flow into ice door assembly area and reduce spillage. Entire lower door assembly to be easily removable for installation through narrow doors. Upper inspection windows to be of molded double-wall plastic to increase durability and minimize meltage and condensation. Bin to have 6.00" (15.24 cm) legs, adjustable to 7.25" (18.42 cm). Bin drain to be 1.00" FPT rigid PVC. Bin to be NSF-listed.

Warranty:Follett Corporation warrants to the original purchaser that the cabinet exterior, including the top and trim, and the interior liner will be free of corrosion for the useful life of the product. Parts and labor for corrosion repair are covered under this warranty. All other integral components are covered against defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of 5 years from the date of installation. Date of installation shall not exceed 90 days from date of shipment. Parts and labor for repair within this 5 year period are covered under this warranty. Removal of ice machine to service bin and any labor costs incurred are expressly excluded from this warranty.

Dimensional drawing

L1

CL

CL

D3H1

H2

D1

D1D2

W1

ModelMaximum bin

capacity lb (kg)1Cubic Volume

cu ft (m)Width - W1

in (cm)Depth2,3 - D1

in (cm)Height3,4 - H1

in (cm)Required door 4

access in (cm)Approximate ship

weight lb (kg)

SG500S-305 460 (209) 14.8 (0.41) 30.00 (76.2) 31.00 (78.7) 44.50 (113.0) 31.00 (78.7) 210 ( 95)SG700S-30 680 (308) 21.7 (0.61) 30.00 (76.2) 31.00 (78.7) 60.00 (152.4) 31.00 (78.7) 212 ( 96)SG1000-366 990 (449) 31.0 (0.88) 36.00 (91.4) 31.00 (78.7) 69.50 (176.5) 32.00 (81.3) 257 (117)SG860S-485 860 (390) 25.5 (0.72) 48.00 (121.9) 31.00 (78.7) 46.50 (118.1) 32.00 (81.3) 255 (116)SG1010S-48 1000 (454) 31.9 (0.90) 48.00 (121.9) 31.00 (78.7) 56.00 (142.4) 32.00 (81.3) 268 (122)SG1175S-48 1185 (538) 37.6 (1.06) 48.00 (121.9) 31.00 (78.7) 62.00 (157.5) 32.00 (81.3) 298 (135)SG1300S-48 1320 (599) 41.9 (1.19) 48.00 (121.9) 31.00 (78.7) 65.00 (165.1) 32.00 (81.3) 270 (123)SG1160S-56 1170 (531) 37.3 (1.06) 56.00 (142.2) 31.00 (78.7) 56.00 (142.2) 32.00 (81.3) 296 (134)SG1350S-56 1360 (617) 43.2 (1.22) 56.00 (142.2) 31.00 (78.7) 62.00 (157.5) 32.00 (81.3) 322 (147)SG1080S-605 1080 (490) 34.3 (0.97) 60.00 (152.4) 31.00 (78.7) 46.50 (118.1) 32.00 (81.3) 355 (161)SG1325S-60 1325 (601) 42.0 (1.19) 60.00 (152.4) 31.00 (78.7) 56.00 (142.2) 32.00 (81.3) 320 (146)SG1475S-60 1490 (676) 47.4 (1.34) 60.00 (152.4) 31.00 (78.7) 62.00 (157.5) 32.00 (81.3) 321 (146)

SG1650S-60 1660 (753) 52.8 (1.50) 60.00 (152.4) 31.00 (78.7) 65.00 (165.1) 32.00 (81.3) 340 (154)

Notes: 1 Computed on cubic volume of bin. Does not reflect cart capacity or voids that can occur due to pyramiding.2 Add 8.00"(20.32 cm) to depth (D) for lower door assembly (easily removed for installation access).3 Required clearance for installation access through doors (may require removal of door assembly).4 Special top required for ice machines weighing more than 1000 lb (454 kg). Add 2.12" (5.38 cm) to height. Contact factory.5 SG500S-30, SG860SG-48 and SG1080SG-60 does not have upper inspection window.6 SG1000-36 standard with stainless steel top.7 Follett recommends installation of a floor drain with grate with all ice storage bins.

Flexi-Top, SmartCART and PowerHinge are trademarks of Follett CorporationChewblet, Follett and SmartGATE are registered trademarks of Follett Corporation, registered in the US.Follett reserves the right to change specifications at any time without obligation. Certifications may vary

depending on country of origin.


Follett SG1475S-60

B E N E F I T S

A P P L I C A T I O N / S I Z I N GI N S T A L L A T I O N T I P S O P E R A T I O N T I P S

High F low CSR Quad-MC² Sys tem

Delivers premium quality water for combination applications

_High Flow CSR Quad-MC² System with LPA:EV9437-11MC² Replacement Cartridge: EV9612-56EC210 Prefilter Cartridge: EV9534-26SS-IMF Cartridge: EV9799-32

_High Flow CSR Quad-MC² System with LPA:EV9437-11MC² Replacement Cartridge: EV9612-56EC210 Prefilter Cartridge: EV9534-26SS-IMF Cartridge: EV9799-32

One system provides premium quality water tohigh flow fountain, coffee and ice machines

New and improved Micro-Pure II media inhibitsthe growth of bacteria

Reduces chlorine taste and odor and otheroffensive contaminants that can adversely affectthe taste of beverages

Precoat submicron technology reduces dirt andparticles as small as 1/2 micron in size andreduces health contaminants such as cysts

Low pressure alarm signals to notify whencartridges need changing

20" prefilter captures larger dirt particles

SR-X with SS-IMF cartridge inhibits scalebuildup in ice machines and coffee brewers

Sanitary cartridge replacement is simple, quickand clean. Internal filter parts are never exposedto handling or contamination

NSF Certified under NSF/ANSI Standards 42and 53

Choose a mounting location suitable to supportthe full weight of the system when operating

Use 3/4” water line

Fountain equipment connections are made to theoutlet part of the system before the SR-X system

Coffee brewer and ice machine connections aremade after the SR-X feeder; a tee is required

Install vertically with cartridges hanging down.Allow 2-1/2” clearance below the cartridge foreasy cartridge replacement

Flush cartridges by running water throughflushing valve for five minutes at full flow

Change cartridges on a regular 6 monthpreventative maintenance program

Change cartridges when capacity is reached orwhen pressure falls below 10 psi

Change SS-IMF cartridge before Hydroblend™compound is completely used up

Change prefilter cartridge when excessively dirty

Always flush the filter cartridge at time ofinstallation and cartridge change

For multiple equipment and combinationapplications

High volume installations

Up to 4 carbonators combined with a 4 potcoffee brewer and 1,200 lb. ice machine

Rated Capacity: 36,000 gallons

EV9437-11


Everpure EV9437-11

High F low CSR Quad-MC² Sys tem

Overall Dimensions:

25.69”H x 34”W x 6.75”D

Inlet connection: 3/4”

Outlet connection: 3/4”

Service Flow Rate:

Maximum 6.7 gpm (25.4 Lpm)

Rated Capacity: 36,000 gallons

Pressure Requirements:

10 - 125 psi (0.7 - 8.6 bar), non-shock

Temperature: 35 - 100°F (2 - 38°C)

110V electrical connection required for Low

Pressure Alarm

Shipping Weight: 43 lbs.

Operating Weight: 58 lbs.

The contaminants or other substances

removed or reduced by this drinking water

system are not necessarily in your water. Do

not use with water that is microbiologically

unsafe or of unknown quality without

adequate disinfection before or after the

system. Systems certified for cyst reduction

may be used with disinfected water that may

contain filterable cysts.

MC² Precoat Replacement Cartr idge

Everpure, LLC1040 Muirfield DriveHanover Park, IL 60133Ph: 630-307-3000 Fax: 630-307-3030

Everpure water treatment systems (excluding replaceable elements)are covered by a limited warranty against defects in material andworkmanship for a period of five years after date of purchase.Everpure replaceable elements (filter cartridges and water treatmentcartridges) are covered by a limited warranty against defects inmaterial and workmanship for a period of one year after date ofpurchase. See printed warranty for details. Everpure will provide acopy of the warranty upon request.


Everpure EV9437-11

Item #: Qty #:

Model #:

Project #:

CONSTRUCTION:All TIG welded. Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.Die formed Countertop Edge with a No-Drip offset.

MATERIAL:Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel.Wall mounting bracket is Galvanized and of offset design.All fittings are brass / chrome plated unless otherwise indicated.

MECHANICAL:Faucet supply is 1/2" IPS male thread hot and cold.

STAINLESS STEEL

ECONOMY SPACE-SAVER HAND SINKS7-PS-23-EC & 7-PS-23-EC-SP

TOL Overall: ± .500" Interior: ± .250" FITTINGS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL

DETAILS and SPECIFICATIONS

ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice. © ADVANCE TABCO, AUGUST 2013

FEATURES:Deep Drawn sink bowl design. Sink bowl is 9" x 9" x 5".Sink bowl has a large liberal radii with a minimum dimension of 2"and are rectangular in design for increased capacity.Stainless steel 1-1/2” basket drain. 1-1/2" IPS.4" O.C. economy splash mounted extended faucet, chrome plated & furnished with aerator.7-PS-23-EC-SP Includes 7 3/4” High Welded Side SplashesNOTE: This faucet is AB1953 Lead Free Compliant.

12 lbs.

7-PS-23-EC 7-PS-23-EC-SP

14 lbs.

7-PS-23-EC

7-PS-23-EC-SP

NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADAFax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578www.advancetabco.com

Customer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.Email Orders To: [email protected]. For Smart Fabrication™ Quotes, Email To: [email protected] or Fax To: 631-586-2933

“D” Spout Faucet

12 3/4"

5"2"

7 3/4 "

12"

16"

2"

9"

9"

2"

12"

16"83

4"

834"

7 3/4"

5"2"

12 3/4" 9 3/4"

Side Splash


Advance Tabco 7-PS-23-EC-SP


T & S Brass B-0113-BC

2 5/8"66mm

3 3/16"81mm

2 1/8"54mm

3 5/8"92mm

1 1/4"33mm

Coded Index (Blue)

Eterna Cartridge &4-Arm Handle w/ Color

Plain End Outlet

of 2


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.


11/02/12

DMH

B-0700

1


Single Sink Wall Mount Faucet w/ Eterna Cartridge, 4-Arm Handle


Date:w/ Blue Index, Plain End Outlet & 1/2" NPT Female Inlet

Sheet:


JHBDHLApprovedDrawn

1:2


Checked


Job Name__________________________Date_________



Contractor_______________________________________

Ø 2" [51mm]Flange w/1/2" NPTFemale Inlet

B-0702


T & S Brass B-0702 + B-0972

4

3

2

1

2Sheet:

Model No.

Item No.



B-07002 Saddleback Cove / P.O. Box 1088


NTSof

Date:w/ Blue Index, Plain End Outlet & 1/2" NPT Female Inlet DMH

11/02/12Scale:


DHL JHB

2

Single Sink Wall Mount Faucet w/ Eterna Cartridge, 4-Arm Handle


1 005960-40 Eterna Cartridge, RTC2 002521-45 4-Arm Handle3 001660-45 Blue Index-CW4 000922-45 Lever Handle Screw

B-0702


T & S Brass B-0702 + B-0972


T & S Brass B-0702 + B-0972

PW-106 HYDRO-SURGE WASHING UNIT

PW

-106

HY

DR

O-SU

RG

E WA

SHIN

G U

NIT

I T E M N O .


Features• Cleans soiled pots and pans with a powerful “figure 8” pattern water flow for maximum cleaning with minimal effort.

• Circulates water at 500 gallons per minute with a motor speed of 1725 R.P.M.

• Pump housing and removable intake screen are stainless steel.

• Impeller is composed of non-corrosive nickel-steel alloy.

• All bearings are permanently sealed and do not require lubrication.

• Motor is equipped with an automatic overload protector to help prevent burnout.

• Power-on is activated by a toggle switch located on the motor.

• The PW-106 Hydro-Surge Washing Unit is Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. LISTED.

• A one-year warranty against defects covers parts and labor.

Wells PW-106 Hydro-Surge Washing Unit makes clean up in the kitchen easier with its 1/3 h.p. motor that circulates 500 gallons of water per minute. It also simplifies the cleaning of vegetables, fruit and seafood, all without the need for plumbing connections.

PW-106

WELLS

SpecificationsDimensions: Inches MM Overall Motor Length 11 1/2 290

Water Circulation: 500 gallons per minute

Motor Horsepower: 1/3 hpWeights: Lbs. KG Installed 41 19 Shipping 37 17


Wells PW-106

M O D E LP W- 10 6

H Y D R O - S U R G E WA S H I N G U N I T

D I M E N S I O N S : INCH(MM)


NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.

WELLS MANUFACTURING COMPANY2 ERIK CIRCLE, PO BOX 280, VERDI, NV 89439 U.S.A. USA PHONE: (775) 689-5700 • FAX: (775) 689-5972FOR ORDERS ONLY: (888) 356-5362 • FAX: (800) 356-5142 www.wells-mfg.com© 2002 WELLS MANUFACTURING • PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.08/02 • REV(H) • PART NO. 37102

P W- 10 6 E L E CT R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S :

PW-106 120 1/3 6.0 NEMA 5-15P

MODEL VOLTS MOTOR H/P AMPS POWER SUPPLY CORD

(260)

10 1/4

(81)

3 3/16

(292)

11 1/2

(222)

8 3/4

(51)

2

(133)

5 1/4

POWER SUPPLY CORD


Wells PW-106

[92mm]3 5/8"

[305mm]12"

[152mm]6"

[486mm]19 1/8"

2"[51mm]

Handle

1/2-14 NPTFemaleInlet

MountingSurface

KJG

Note: Swivel Points

HeatResistant

[51mm]2"

3 1/2"[89mm]

Sheet: 1 of


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.


REG. #A2601ISO #9001

02/20/09

GEF

Travelers Rest, SC: 800-476-4103

Pot Filler w/ 18" Double Joint Swing Nozzle, Heat Resistant Handle,1/2" NPT Female Inlet

www.tsbrass.com

JHB ApprovedDrawn Checked

1:4

2 Saddleback Cove / P.O. Box 1088 B-0580

Simi Valley, CA: 800-423-0150 Fax: 864-834-3518

Date:


Job Name__________________________Date_________



Contractor_______________________________________


2


T & S Brass B-0580

of2Sheet:

Model No.

Item No.



REG. #A2601ISO #9001

B-0580



ApprovedDrawn

2

Checked

Date:1/2" NPT Female Inlet GEF

02/20/09Scale:


JHB

www.tsbrass.com

Pot Filler w/ 18" Double Joint Swing Nozzle, Heat Resistant Handle, KJG


1 009538-45 Swivel Washer2 011429-45 Swivel Sleeve (2)3 001074-45 O-Ring4 000101-40 Flange5 003426-45 O-Ring6 001498-25 Spout7 000587-25 Spout Body8 001126-45 Handle9 000936-45 Handle Set Screw10 046X Back Section Spt 12"11 035A Outlet Assembly12 002870-40 Nzl 6" Frnt Sect. Asm13 068X Double Joint Nozzle 18"14 002848-40 Dbl Jt Nozzle Asm 18"15 001089-45 Seal

10

Additional View for Bill Of Material Clarification

6

7

8

9

4

1

2

5

14

13

12

11

3

15


T & S Brass B-0580

Item # _____________________________________

Quantity ___________________________________

C.S.I. Section 11400

F40250 – SDPE/SDPS Salad Dryer Page 1 of 2

SDPE/SDPSSALAD DRYER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374

1-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.com

SD

PE

/SD

PS

SA

LAD

DR

YE

R

STANDARD FEATURES

■ ¼ HP motor with thermal overload

■ Permanently lubricated gear drive

■ 406 RPM gently spins water off

■ Polyethylene outer tub and lid with fully sealed polyethylene base on SDPE

■ Stainless steel outer tub and lid with fully sealed polyethylene base on SDPS

■ Stainless steel motor splashguard

■ Easy to reach 5 minute timer conveniently located at the top of the tub

■ Easy load polyethylene spin basket with hand grips

■ Drain pipe extension tube drains into floor drain or container up to 9” high

■ Easy to lock, large casters, for easy mobility

■ Seven foot 3-wire cord and plug

ACCESSORY

❑ Extra spin basket

MODEL

❑ SDPE – All Polyethylene Salad Dryer, 115/60/1

❑ SDPS – Stainless Steel Salad Dryer, 115/60/1

Specifications, Details and Dimensions on Inside and Back.

Model SDPS

Model SDPE


Hobart US Foodservice SDPE

701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.com

Page 2 of 2 F40250 – SDPE/SDPS Salad Dryer

As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice.

SDPE/SDPSSALAD DRYER

F40250 (REV. 10/12) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)

SPECIFICATIONS

DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS

MOTOR: ¼ HP, 2.5 amps gear motor with thermal overload and permanently lubricated gear drive.

ELECTRICAL: 115/60/1, 220/60/1 and 230/50/1. The 220V and 230V machines have not been submit-ted to UL for listing.

SWITCH: 5 minute timer

CORD & PLUG: 7 foot 3-wire cord and grounding type plug.

HOUSING: All polyethylene outer tub and lid and a polyethylene, one-piece molded, fully sealed base on the SDPE. All stainless steel outer tub and lid and a polyethylene, one-piece molded, fully sealed base on

SDPS. Stainless steel motor splash guard protects fully sealed motor.

BASKET: Easy to load polyethylene spin basket with hand grips.

DRAIN: Water drains through PVC extension tube directly into floor drain or container up to 9" high without splashing.

CASTERS: Easy to lock, heavy duty casters with brakes.

WARRANTY: Unit has a full one-year warranty on parts, labor and mileage against manufacturer’s defects.

SDPE SDPS

Machine Weight 60 lbs. 75 lbs.

Shipping Weight 88 lbs. 113 lbs.

Motor

1⁄4 HP 115/60/1 2.5 Amps

406 RPM Output

1⁄4 HP 115/60/1 2.5 Amps

406 RPM Output


Hobart US Foodservice SDPE

R e l i a b i l i t y y o u c a n t r u s t

SM(N) SeriesStainless Steel Mechanical Dial Scale

The Accu-Weigh® SM(N) Series of stainless steel mechanical scales, with capacities ranging from 2 lb to 50 lb (900 g to 22 kg), can suit many applications; with stainless steel construction and NSF certifi-cation they are particularly appropriate for food service. The air dashpot option is convenient for fast, high volume weighing applications. The dashpot acts as a “shock absorber” to reduce the oscillations of the indicator needle providing faster weight readings. A snap-on stainless steel platform is standard and two bowl options (2 2/3 quart bowl and 4 1/4 quart bowl) are available.

Features

NSF Certified Several Capacities Fine Point Indicator for Accuracy Removable Stainless Steel

Platform Accurate - Temperature

Compensated Spring Mechanism Easy to Read - 30º Tilted Dial Rugged, Durable Stainless Steel

Construction Zero Setting Mechanism

••••

•

••

SM(N)-40PKwith ODS-285

SM(N)-24PK


Accu-Weigh SMN-28PK

Yamato Tech Corporation #112-19425 Langley By-Pass Surrey, B.C. V3S 6K1CanadaTel: 604.533.2338 Fax: 604.533.0827

Yamato Corporation 1775 S. Murray Blvd., Colorado Springs, CO 80916 U.S.A.Tel: 719.591.1500 Fax: 719.591.1045 17OC0801

w w w. Ya m a t o C o r p . c o mSM

(N)

Se

rie

s

handle

FeaturesNSF Certified

Multiple Capacities

Fine Point Indicator

for Accuracy

Removable Stainless

Steel Platform

Accurate - Temperature

Compensated Spring Mechanism

Easy to Read - 30º Tilted Dial

Rugged, Durable Stainless

Steel Construction

Zero Setting Mechanism

Dial Size: 8”

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•Model SM(N) SeriesWeighing System Temperature Compensated Spring Mechanism

Capacity and Divisions

SM(N)-24 32 oz x 1/4 ozSM(N)-24PK 32 oz x 1/4 oz 900 g x 2 gSM(N)-28 32 oz x 1/8 ozSM(N)-28PK 32 oz x 1/8 oz 900 g x 2 gSM(N)-5 5 lb x 1/2 ozSM(N)-5PK 5 lb x 1/2 oz 2 kg x 10 gSM(N)-10 10 lb x 1 ozSM(N)-10PK 10 lb x 1 oz 4 kg x 20 gSM(N)-20 20 lb x 1 ozSM(N)-20PK 20 lb x 1 oz 9 kg x 50 gSM(N)-25D 25 lb x 0.1 lbSM(N)-25PK 25 lb x 2 oz 11 kg x 50 gSM(N)-30PK 30 lb x 2 oz 13.5 kg x 50 gSM(N)-40 40 lb x 2 ozSM(N)-40PK 40 lb x 2 oz 18 kg x 50 gSM(N)-54PK 50 lb x 4 oz 22 kg x 100 gSM(N)-800 800 g x 1 gSM(N)-410 4 kg x 10 gSM(N)-1250 12 kg x 50 g

Material Stainless Steel

Operating Temperature 14º F -104º F (-1º C - 40º C)

OptionsAir Dashpot - Fast Readings

Carrying Handle

2 2/3 Quart Bowl and Spider

2 2/3 Quart Bowl

4 1/4 Quart Bowl

•

•

•

•

•

SM(N) with carrying handle, spider and bowl

(N)=NSF PK=Pound-Kilogram D=Decimal Pound


Accu-Weigh SMN-28PK

Combination Vegetable Prep andVertical Cutter-Mixer

• Direct drive, fan-cooled,capacitor-type 1⁄2 H.P. motor.

• Instant motor brake.

• Stainless steel cutter bowl with handle.

• Attachments easily removed for cleaning.

• Two deep feed openings.

• Stainless steel cutting blades.

• New continuous feed unit withattached large feed pusher.

• Stock pot shaped cutter bowl.

• See-thru lid.

• Packed with two cutting blades as standard.

• Attractive, compact design.

• 1 year parts and labor warranty.

Prepare 600-800 servings in 21⁄2 hours.Vegetable prep attachment designed for quality, continuous feed slicing,shredding, grating and julienne. Accommodates 21 different processingplates.

Bowl attachment designed for vertical cutting and mixing: mix, chop, puree,blend, mix and knead doughs.

R301Ultra CommercialFood Processor

®

SANITATION

LISTEDR

Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc.P.O. Box 16625Jackson, MS 39236-66251-800-824-1646www.robotcoupeusa.come-mail: [email protected]

SPECIFICATIONS ONREVERSE SIDE


Robot Coupe R301UC

®

Robot Coupe reserves the right to change specifications. Call the factory for latest specifications and recommendations.© 1997 Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc. Litho in U.S.A. 26RCC-897-PT-5M

Distributed by:

SpecificationsSTANDARD PACK: Includes motor base unit,stainless cutter bowl with stainless steel “S” blade, continuous feed unit with discharge plate, one medium 5/64" (2mm) grating plate and 5/32" (4mm) slicing plate.

ELECTRICAL: 115V, 60 Hz, 9 Amps.

MOTOR: 1/2 H.P direct drive, capacitor-type, fan-cooled,single phase, 1725 R.P.M.

SWITCHING: Advanced control panel incorporates newpulse switch, on-off magnetic interlock switches.

BOWL CAPACITY: 3-1/2 Quarts.

WEIGHT: 30 lbs. net, 40 lbs. approximate shippingweight.

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT: Citrus juicer attachment,19additional processing plates. Free-standing plate rackholds 9 processing plates.

STANDARDS: UL-Electrical, ETL-Sanitation.

PROCESSING PLATES:

Slicing Plates Grating PlatesR210 - 5⁄64" (2mm) R271 - 1⁄64" (0.5mm) Hard Cheese R211 - 5⁄32" (4mm) R208 - 1⁄16" (1.5mm) FineR270 - 1⁄4" (6.5mm) R209 - 5⁄64" (2mm) MediumR291 - 1⁄32" (1mm) R281 - 5⁄32" (4mm) Medium CoarseR292 - 1⁄8" (3mm) R280 - 1⁄4" (6.5mm) CoarseR293 - 3⁄16" (5mm) R215 - 5⁄16" (8mm) Extra Coarse

Pulping PlatesWaved slicing plate R294 - 1⁄64" (.7mm) PulpingR212 - 1⁄16" (1.5mm) R295 - 1⁄32" (1mm) Pulping

Julienne Plates

R213 - 1⁄4" (6.5mm)R214 - 5⁄64" (2mm)R288 - 5⁄32" (4mm)R296 - 5⁄64" x 5⁄32" (2x4mm)R297 - 5⁄64" x 1⁄4" (2x6mm)R298 - 5⁄16" x 5⁄16" (8x8mm)

131⁄2"(343mm)

R301Ultra CommercialFood Processor

1" (25mm)Feed Opening

81⁄4"(209mm)

153⁄4"(400mm)

181⁄2"(470mm)

123⁄4"(324mm)

53⁄4"(144mm)

211⁄2"(546mm)

275⁄8"(702mm)

2" (51mm)Feed Opening

2"(51mm)75⁄8"

(194mm)

Bowl

Juicer

R255Plate Rack

Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc.P.O. Box 16625Jackson, MS 39236-66251-800-824-1646www.robotcoupeusa.come-mail: [email protected]


Robot Coupe R301UC

Item # _____________________________________

Quantity ___________________________________


F40160 – Legacy® HL300 Mixer Page 1 of 4

LEGACY®

HL300 MIXER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.com

LEG

AC

Y® H

L300 MIX

ER

STANDARD FEATURES

■ Heavy-Duty 3⁄4 H.P. Motor

■ Gear Transmission

■ Three Fixed Speeds Plus Stir Speed

■ Shift-on-the-Fly™ Controls

■ Patented soft start Agitation Technology

■ 15-Minute SmartTimer™

■ Automatic Time Recall

■ Large, Easy-To-Reach Controls

■ Single Point Bowl Installation

■ Ergonomic Swing-Out Bowl

■ #12 Taper Attachment Hub

■ Open Base

■ Stainless Steel Bowl Guard

■ Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat Finish

■ Rubber Foot Pads Provided

ACCESSORY PACKAGE - featuring Hobart Quick Release™ Agitators

❑ Standard Accessory Package Includes: - 30 Quart Stainless Steel Bowl - 30 Quart “B” Beater - 30 Quart “D” Wire Whip

MODELS

❑ HL300 – 30-Quart All Purpose Mixer❑ HL300C – 30-Quart All Purpose Mixer with Maximum Security Correctional Package



Hobart US Foodservice HL300


LEGACY®

HL300 MIXER

Page 2 of 4 F40160 – Legacy® HL300 Mixer

SOLUTIONS/BENEFITS3⁄4 H.P. Motor Durability ■ Heavy-duty to meet the most demanding

operationsGear Transmission Durability, Reliability ■ Ensures consistent performance and minimum

downtime under heavy loadsThree Fixed Speeds plus Stir Speed Flexibility, Reliability, Consistency ■ For incorporating, blending, mixing ingredients ■ Supports consistent results and thorough mixingShift-on-the-Fly™ Controls Flexibility ■ Allows operator to change speeds while mixer is

runningPatented soft start Agitation Technology Sanitation ■ Each speed has a soft transition into a higher

speed to reduce the chances of product splash-out

15-Minute SmartTimer™ Convenience, Ease of Use, Consistency ■ Supports recipe mixing times ■ Provides accurate results and eliminates

overmixingAutomatic Time Recall Productivity, Consistency ■ Remembers the last time set for each speed ■ Great for multiple batchesErgonomic Swing-Out Bowl Ease of Use, Convenience ■ Easy loading and unloading of products ■ Single Point Bowl Installation allows for simple

mounting and removal of bowl ■ Bowl Interlock ensures mixer bowl is properly in

place for mixer to operateStainless Steel Bowl Guard Protection ■ Safety interlock prevents operation when front

portion of guard is out of positionHobart Accessories Durability, Flexibility, Simplicity ■ Hobart Quick Release™ agitators allow for

simple installation and removal from agitator shaft

■ Hobart accessories are designed for long-term usage under heavy-duty conditions

■ Large array of accessories provide multiple uses for recipe and product processing

HL300 MIXER CAPACITY CHART

Recommended Maximum Capacities - dough capaci-ties based on 70°F. water and 12% flour moisture.

AGITATORS PRODUCT SUITABLE FOR HL300 OPERATION CAPACITY OF BOWL (QTS. LIQUID) 30

Egg Whites D 11⁄2 qts.

Mashed Potatoes B & C 23 lbs.

Mayonnaise (Qts. of Oil) B or C or D 12 qts.

Meringue (Qts. of Water) D 1 qt.

Waffle or Hot Cake Batter B 12 qts.

Whipped Cream D or C 6 qts.

Cake, Angel Food (8-10 oz. cake) C or I 22

Cake, Box or Slab B or C 30 lbs.

Cake, Cup B or C 30 lbs.

Cake, Layer B or C 30 lbs.

Cake, Pound B 30 lbs.

Cake, Short (Sponge) C or I 23 lbs.

Cake, Sponge C or I 18 lbs.

Cookies, Sugar B 23 lbs.

Dough, Bread or Roll (Lt.-Med.) 60% AR § ED 45 lbs.

Dough, Heavy Bread 55% AR § ED 30 lbs.

Dough Pie B & P 27 lbs.

Dough, Thin Pizza 40% AR (max. mix time 5 min.) §‡ ED 14 lbs.

Dough, Med. Pizza 50% AR §‡ ED 20 lbs.

Dough, Thick Pizza 60% AR §‡ ED 40 lbs.

Dough, Raised Donut 65% AR ED 15 lbs.*

Dough, Whole Wheat 70% AR ED 40 lbs.

Eggs & Sugar for Sponge Cake B & C or I 12 lbs.

Icing, Fondant B 18 lbs.

Icing, Marshmallow C or I 3 lbs.

Shortening & Sugar, Creamed B 24 lbs.

Pasta, Basic Egg Noodle (max. mix time 5 min.) ED 8 lbs.

NOTE: % AR (% Absorption Ratio) - Water weight divided by flour weight. Capacity depends on moisture content of dough. Above capacities based on 12% flour moisture at 70°F water temperature.

1st Speed

* 2nd Speed

§ If high gluten flour is used, reduce above dough batch size by 10%.

‡ 2nd Speed should never be used on 50% AR or lower products.

USE OF ICE REQUIRES A 10% REDUCTION IN BATCH SIZE.1 gallon of water weighs 8.33 lbs.

NOTE: Attachment hub should not be used while mixing.




F40160 – Legacy® HL300 Mixer Page 3 of 4

LEGACY®

HL300 MIXER

SPECIFICATIONS

MOTOR:3⁄4 H.P. high torque motor.

100-120/50/60/1 9.5 Amps 200-240/50/60/1 5.7 Amps 200-240/50/60/3 2.8 Amps 380-460/50/60/3 1.4 Amps

ELECTRICAL:100-120/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/3 and 380-460/50/60/3 – UL Listed.

CONTROLS:Magnetic contactor with thermal overload protection. Internally sealed “Start-Stop” push buttons. A 15-minute SmartTimer™ is standard. SmartTimer™ includes Automatic Time Recall, which remembers the last time set for each speed.

TRANSMISSION:Gear-driven. Gears are constant mesh heat-treated hardened alloy steel along with anti-friction ball bearings. Grease lubricants furnished to all gears and shafts.

SPEEDS:

Agitator(RPM)

Attachment(RPM)

Stir 58 34

First (Low) 94 54

Second (Intermediate) 174 100

Third (High) 317 183

BOWL GUARD:Heavy-duty stainless steel wire front and solid rear portion. Front portion of guard rotates easily to add ingredients and install or remove agitator. It detaches in seconds for cleaning in dishwasher or sink. Rear portion of guard can be quickly cleaned in position. Guard must be in closed position before mixer will operate. Bowl support interlock provides further protection.

BOWL LIFT:Ergonomic style, hand crank operated, self-locking in top and bottom position.

FINISH:Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat finish.

ATTACHMENT HUB:Comes with front-mounted Hobart standard #12 taper attachment hub for use with Hobart #12 size attachments.

ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES:The following are available at extra cost:

Stainless Steel Bowl“B” Flat Beater“C” Wing Whip“D” Wire Whip“ED” Dough Hook“P” Pastry Knife“I” Heavy Duty Wire WhipBowl Splash CoverBowl ScraperIngredient Chute20 Quart Accessories9" Vegetable SlicerMeat Chopper AttachmentStainless Steel Foot PadsBowl Truck

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified by NSF International.

Hobart Bowl Scraper

Hobart Ingredient Chute




Page 4 of 4 F40160 – Legacy® HL300 Mixer


LEGACY®

HL300 MIXER

F40160 (REV. 01/14) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)

SPECIFICATIONS


ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 100-120/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/3 and 380-460/50/60/3 – UL Listed.

WEIGHT: 394 lbs. net; 411 lbs. domestic shipping.

WARRANTY: Unit has full one-year warranty on parts, labor and mileage against manufacturer’s defects. Service contracts are available.



Item # _____________________________________

Quantity ___________________________________


F-39543 – 2812 Slicer Page 1 of 4

2812SLICER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374


2812 SLIC

ER

STANDARD FEATURES

■ Home Position Start

■ Close To Stop

■ Gauge Plate Interlock

■ Carriage System Interlock

■ No Volt Release

■ Exclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage System

■ CleanCut™ Knife

■ Top Mounted Borazon Stone Sharpener

■ Hobart Poly V-Belt Drive System

■ Sanitary Anodized Aluminum Base

■ Double-Action Indexing Cam

■ Permanently Mounted Ring Guard

■ Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife Cover

■ Cleaning Leg

■ Removable Rear Deflector

■ 1⁄2 H.P. Knife Drive Motor

■ Nylon Carriage Roller

■ Electroless Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod with Reservoir Wick

■ Stainless Steel Carriage

■ Ergonomic Style Handle

MODEL❑ 2812 – Smart Features Manual Slicer

ACCESSORIES

❑ Low Fence

❑ High Fence

❑ Food Chute

❑ Heavy Meat Grip

❑ 4" Legs

❑ Product Tray



Hobart US Foodservice 2812


2812SLICER

Page 2 of 4 F-39543 – 2812 Slicer

SOLUTIONS / BENEFITSHome Start Position Maximizes yield ■ Carriage must be in “home position” before the slicer

will start, ensuring full loaf slices

Close To Stop Convenience, labor savings, energy savings, protection ■ Closing of gauge plate turns off the slicer ■ Protects knife edge

Gauge Plate Interlock Ease of cleaning, protection ■ Gauge plate must be closed to remove or tilt away

carriage for cleaning and cannot be opened when carriage is tilted back or removed

■ Protects knife edge during cleaning procedures

Carriage System Interlock Protection ■ Will not tilt away or remove if gauge plate indicator is

not closed

No Volt Release Protection ■ Protects against unintentional starting of slicer ■ Slicer must be restarted if power fails or slicer is

unplugged

Exclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage System Reduces labor, improves sanitation ■ Tilt design allows for ease of midday cleaning ■ Removable for complete cleaning and sanitation

procedures

CleanCut™ Knife Reduced cost of ownership, improved yield ■ Thin edge design improves yield ■ Super alloy edge lasts longer

Top Mounted Borazon Stone Sharpener Ease of use, improved sanitation, reduced costs ■ Single action sharpens and hones in just five

seconds ■ Removable and submersible for easy cleaning and

sanitation ■ Lifetime guaranteed Borazon sharpening stones

provide maximum performance with reduced maintenance costs

Poly V-Belt Drive System Performance, durability, reduced maintenance ■ Patented design extends belt life while producing

optimal slicing results ■ Quieter operating slicer

Sanitary Anodized Aluminum Base Improved sanitation, labor savings ■ One piece base protects against possible growth of

bacteria ■ No cracks/crevices or bolt holes where product can

lodge and bacteria may grow ■ Easy cleanup and durable finish

Double-Action Indexing Cam Increases reliability, easier to use, increased yield ■ The first full revolution of the indexing knob provides

precise control for shaving, chipping and thin slicing ■ The second revolution opens the gauge plate quickly

for thicker slicing ■ Gauge plate holds position for consistent, precision

slicing

Permanently Mounted Ring Guard Protection ■ Protects knife during operation and cleaning

Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife Cover Durability, ease of use, sanitation ■ Twelve-gauge stainless steel maintains shape to

ensure consistent fit ■ Spring loaded knob for quick removal and easy

cleanup ■ One piece design for simplistic usage

Cleaning Leg Improved sanitation, ease of use ■ Props machine for easy cleaning underneath slicer

Removable Rear Deflector Improved sanitation, ease of use ■ Allows access for thorough cleaning ■ No tools required means easy removal during

cleaning1⁄2 H.P. Knife Drive Motor Durability, performance ■ Reserve power runs at 400 rpm for optimum results

Nylon Carriage Roller Performance ■ Easy movement for manual operation

Electroless Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod with Reservoir Wick Performance, durability, lower maintenance ■ Smooth operation with continuous lubrication of

carriage rod ■ Resistant to rust

Stainless Steel Carriage Improved sanitation, durability ■ Maximum sanitation with minimum cleanup time ■ Corrosion resistant, impact resistant

Ergonomic Style Handle Operator satisfaction ■ Comfortable manual operation

Meat Grip Options Multiple choices for improved yield and consistency ■ Front meat grip standard ■ Heavy front meat grip available



2812SLICER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374


F-39543 – 2812 Slicer Page 3 of 4

SPECIFICATIONS

HOME POSITION START: Home-start ensures carriage is in a convenient position before starting the slicer.

CLOSE TO STOP: After slicing, a quick turn of the index knob to the closed position turns off the slicer.

GAUGE PLATE INTERLOCK: Gauge plate interlock protects knife edge when indicator is closed.

CARRIAGE SYSTEM INTERLOCK: Carriage will not tilt away or remove if gauge plate not closed.

NO VOLT RELEASE: In the event of power loss, slicer must be restarted before operation can continue.

TILTING REMOVABLE CARRIAGE SYSTEM: Positive angle carriage design enables operator to slice without manual feed. The stainless steel carriage system tilts back easily for midday cleaning and is removable for thorough cleaning and sanitation procedures. The carriage has 121⁄2" manual travel.

CLEANCUT™ KNIFE: Another Hobart exclusive, the knife is constructed of 304L stainless steel and high performance super alloy. Knife is protected by a permanently mounted ring guard with integrated product deflector. The stainless steel knife cover provides easy access for cleaning. Gauge plate protects knife edge when indicator is closed. Knife cover is quickly removed with a quarter turn of the spring loaded locking knob.

TOP MOUNTED BORAZON STONE SHARPENER: One lever operation utilizing two Borazon stones to sharpen and hone in five seconds. Removable and top mounted. When sharpener is removed for cleaning, knife edge is shielded. Borazon stones have lifetime guarantee.

HOBART POLY V-BELT DRIVE SYSTEM: Knife is driven by a Hobart Poly V belt and runs at 400 rpm for optimal performance.

SANITARY ANODIZED ALUMINUM BASE: One-piece base protects against possible growth of bacteria. All surfaces are durable and smooth, presenting no holes or crevices in which food can lodge. Easy clean-up and durable finish to withstand harsh cleaning products.

DOUBLE-ACTION INDEXING CAM: First revolution of index cam for precision slicing; second revolution for thicker slicing selection. Indexing cam holds true to setting during slicing operation.

PERMANENTLY MOUNTED RING GUARD: Permanently mounted ring guard with integrated product deflector protects knife during operation and cleaning.

HEAVY GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL KNIFE COVER: One piece design made of 12 gauge stainless steel, durable to maintain shape and ensure consistent fit. Spring loaded knob for quick removal and replacement.

CLEANING LEG: Cleaning leg supports the slicer in tilted position for cleaning beneath the machine.

REMOVABLE REAR DEFLECTOR: No tools are required for removal of the deflector for thorough cleaning of the slicer.

KNIFE MOTOR: 1⁄2 H.P., permanently lubricated ball bearings. Single phase capacitor-start, induction run.

ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATED SINGLE SLIDE ROD WITH RESERVOIR WICK: Transport slide rod is E-Nickel electroless plated. Slide rod bearings feature an oil reservoir/oil wick.

FINISH: Stainless steel carriage, gauge plate and knife cover. Anodized aluminum base.

ERGONOMIC STYLE HANDLE: Specially designed for ease of use during manual operation.

MEAT GRIP: Front mounted grip is high strength thermoplastic. Swings out of way when not in use.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 120/60/1 – U L Listed. Also available in 100/50/60/1 and 230/50/1 (2.5 amps) – not submitted for U L Listing.

SWITCH: Moisture protected toggle type, operated by a push-pull rod.

CORD & PLUG: 6-foot, three-wire power supply cord and plug. Plug not furnished on export models.

CAPACITY: The carriage will take food up to 12" in width or 71⁄2" in diameter.

GAUGE PLATE: Gauge plate is a heavy aluminum casting with ribbed laminated stainless steel face for smooth feeding. Adjustable to cut any thickness of slice up to 1".

WARRANTY: All parts and service coverage for one year including knife. Lifetime guarantee on Borazon stones in the sharpening system.

WEIGHTS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: Tubular Chute 9.1 lbs.; Swing Arm .61 lbs.; Heavy Front Meat Grip 2.76 lbs.; Heavy Handle 2.7 lbs.; Standard Meat Grip 2.34 lbs.

WEIGHT: Shipping 135 lbs., Net 96 lbs.




Page 4 of 4 F-39543 – 2812 Slicer


2812SLICER

Printed On Recycled PaperF-39543 (REV. 01/12) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)


LEGENDE1-ELECTRICAL CONNECTION,APPROX 211⁄16" ABOVECOUNTER TOP



Project Quantity Item #

Model Specified: CSI Section 11400

TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.com

Standard Product Features• R-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior & Interior• A-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior/Anodized Aluminum Interior• INTELA-TRAUL® Microprocessor Control System• Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Using R-404A• -10°F Capable• Scroll Blower Type Evaporator Fan• Biased Return Air Duct• Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks• Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees • Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges• Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles• Standard Door Hinging: 232N = Left/Right, 332N = Left/Right/Right (other hingings available)• Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights• Stainless Steel Breaker Caps• Three Adjustable Wire Shelves Per Section, Supported On

Shelf Pins (installed at the factory) • Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator• Magnetic Snap-In EZ-Clean Door Gasket(s)• Gasket-Protecting Metal Door Liner• Controllable Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters• Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device• Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly• 9' Cord & Plug Attached• Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs• Three Year Parts And Labor Warranty• Five Year Compressor Warranty

Options & Accessories• Stainless Steel Finished Back With Rear Louvers• Remote Applications (see form TR35837 for more details)• No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18" Pans• No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Sheet

Pans (chrome rod type, equips 1/2 section)• Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1) 18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18", or (2) 12" x 20" Pans• EZ-Change Interiors (#1, universals, universal heavy duty

tray slides and shelves)• EZ-Open Foot Pedal (full height doors only)• Bare Tube Coil (232N only)• Additional Wire Shelves or Optional Stainless Steel Shelves• Optional 220/50/1 or 208/115/60/1 Voltages• Kool Klad Exterior Laminate Decor (specify brand/color)• Set of Four (4) 4-5/8" or 6" High Casters In Lieu of Legs• Other Support Options: 4-1/2" High Base or 6" High Kickplate • Remote Monitoring (monitoring supplied by E-Control)

"N-Width" Reach-In Freezer Models/Self-Contained

Approval: _______________________________________

Model RLT232NUT-HHS

Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep2-Section Full Length Door Model RLT232NUT-FHS★

3-Section Full Length Door Model RLT332NUT-FHS2-Section Half Length Door Model RLT232NUT-HHS★

3-Section Half Length Door Model RLT332NUT-HHS

RSERIES

ASERIES

2-Section Full Length Door Model ALT232NUT-FHS★

3-Section Full Length Door Model ALT332NUT-FHS2-Section Half Length Door Model ALT232NUT-HHS★

3-Section Half Length Door Model ALT332NUT-HHS

(shown with standard left/right hinging and optional casters)

INTELA-TRAUL® Equipped!

Stainless Exterior & Interior

Stainless Exterior, Anodized Alumi-

num Interior

The R & A Series represent Traulsen's Top-of-the-Line product offer-ing. The “N-Width” reach-in freezer models are all designed to offer maximum interior storage capacity within a slightly narrower left to right footprint. Each is supplied standard with such high quality features as bal-anced refrigeration systems, microprocessor controls, communications ability and stainless steel exteriors. Additionally, they offer the widest range of optional accessories to choose from, and can be specified for use with many different applications, including: Foodservice, Correctional, Institutional,Export, etc.

★ Noted models are ENERGY STAR® listed. Please refer to www.energystar.gov to view the most up-to-date product listing and performance data.

Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., to U.S. and Canadian safety standards and Listed by NSF International.


Traulsen ALT232N-FHS

Project Quantity Item #

Model Specified: CSI Section 11400

TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.com

NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties. Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice.Part No. TR35763 (REV. 02-19-14)

Construction, Hardware and InsulationCabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructed of 20 gauge stainless steel with #4 finish. Cabinet interior and door liners are constructed of stainless steel (anodized aluminum in the A-Series). The exterior cabi-net top, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4) adjustable 6" high stainless steel legs are included.Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Doors have seamless, polished metal corners. Gasket profile and Santoprene® material simplify cleaning and increase overall gasket life. Anti condensate heaters are located behind each door opening. Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density, non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane.

Refrigeration System A top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404A refrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It features an easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooled hermetic compressor, plenum effect blower coil, large, high humidity evaporator coil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensate evaporator. Bi-ased return air duct protects against introduction of warm kitchen air, promoting even temperature maintenance and efficient operation. A 9' cord and plug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F (all models are -10degree F capable in up to 100 degree ambient.ControllerThe easy to use water resistant INTELA-TRAUL® microprocessor control system is supplied standard. RS485 data port enables data communications for remote monitoring such as NAFEM Data Protocol, E-Control Systems® and others. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display and Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capabil-ity, In addition it includes audio/visual alarms for: Hi/Lo Cabinet Temperature, Door Open, Clean Condenser, Evaporator Coil and Discharge Line Sensor Failures, and Power Supply Interruption.InteriorStandard interior arrangements include three (3) wire shelves per section, mounted on shelf pins. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between them requiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelf should not exceed 225 lbs. Standard interior arrangements are installed at the factory and EZ-Change interior slides (only) are field installed.WarrantiesBoth a three year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty (self-contained models only) are provided standard.

Specifications

NOTESNOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents.1= For shipping weights and dimensions please refer to spec sheet form TR35875.2= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or available on cabinet bottom.3= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator (-20 for three section models). For information on remote models, please refer to form TR35837. 4= 12" Top clearance preferred for optimum performance and service access.

Section - All ModelsNOTE: Full load amps and plug style may vary depending on electrical options chosen and condensing unit employed.

2 Section Equipped With One NEMA 5-20P Plug

DIMENSIONAL DATA R/ALT232NUT R/ALT332NUTNet capacity cu. ft. 46.0 (1303 cu l) 69.5 (1969 cu l)Length - overall in. 521⁄8 (132.4 cm) 765⁄16 (193.8 cm)Depth - overall in. 35 (88.8 cm) 35 (88.8 cm)Depth - less handle in. 333⁄4 (84.4 cm) 333⁄4 (84.4 cm)Depth - over body in. 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm)Depth - door open 90° in. 575⁄8 (146.3 cm) 575⁄8 (146.3 cm)Clear door width in. 211⁄8 (53.6 cm) 211⁄8 (53.6 cm)Clear half-door height in. 271⁄2 (69.9 cm) 271⁄2 (69.9 cm)Clear full-door height in. 575⁄8 (146.3 cm) 575⁄8 (146.3 cm)Height - overall on 6" legs4 831⁄4 (211.5 cm) 831⁄4 (211.5 cm)RLT Net Wt. lbs.1 655 (297 kg) 870 (395 kg)ALT Net Wt. lbs.1 600 (272 kg) 770 (349 kg)No. Standard Shelves 6 9Shelf area sq. ft.2 34.6 (3.21 sq m) 51.9 (4.82 sq m)STANDARD ELECTRICAL & REFRIGERATION DATAVoltage 115/60/1 208/115/60/1Feed wires with Ground 3 3Full load amperes 15.7 16.0Refrigerant R-404A R-404ABTU/HR H.P.3 3730 (3⁄4 HP) 4100 (3⁄4 HP)

NOTE: Full load amps and plug style may vary depending on electrical options chosen and condensing unit employed.

3 Section Equipped With One NEMA L14-20P Plug


Traulsen ALT232N-FHS

Job Item#



Standard Features










(Model HDO-24)

Printed in USA









Southbend HDO-36


Models:

6.3" (160)2.78" (71)

11" (282) 15" (381)

4" (102)

3" (76)

24.625" (623)

1" (25)

31.125" (791)











Castersforstand





moDel WiDthBurnerS


CrateDDepth

CrateDWeight

HDO-12 12.125”(308) 2(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

165 lbs(75kg)

HDO-24/24SU 24.5”(622) 4(33K/24K) 31”

(788)39”(991)

209lbs(94kg)

HDO-36/36SU 36.75”(933) 6(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

253 lbs(115kg)

HDO-48/48SU 49”(1245) 8(33K/24K) 55”

(1398)39”(991)

299lbs(135kg)

moDelgaS (Btu/hr)

natural propane

HDO-12 66,000 48,000

HDO-24/24SU 132,000 96,000

HDO-36/36SU 198,000 144,000

HDO-48/48SU 264,000 192,000


Southbend HDO-36

4 5/8"[117mm]

Note: Standard Flex Hose = 68" [1727mm] (Modified Lengths Available Upon Request)

Lever Handlesw/ Color CodedIndexs & Spring Check Eterna Cartridges

004RFinger Hook Asm

B-0068-HFlexible StainlessSteel Hose002851-40

Spray Valve w/Hook Nozzle

000907-45Hold Down Ring

8"[203mm]

2"[51mm]

Wall Flange

EPAct2005 COMPLIANT

1/2" NPTFemaleInlet

B-0968Vacuum Breaker

3 1/2"[89mm]

2 3/8"[60mm]


Scale:

Model No.

Item No.


REG. #A2601ISO #9001

06/19/08

DHL

B-0610

Kettle & Pot Filler Assembly w/ B-0068-H Flex Hose,Wall Mount Faucet, Vacuum Breaker, Lever Handles& Spray Valve w/ Hook Nozzle


Date:

1:4


Job Name__________________________Date_________



Contractor_______________________________________


CheckedDrawn Approved

JHB

www.tsbrass.comFax: 864-834-3518Simi Valley, CA: 800-423-0150Travelers Rest, SC: 800-476-4103

Sheet: 1 of 2

KJG

MountingSurface

3 1/2"[89mm]


T & S Brass B-0610

Moldthan

Rectangle

11 12 15

16

13

6

1

5

3

2

4

14

7

8

10

18 19

9

17

2

12


1 002851-40 B-187 Spray Valve & Hook Nozzle Asm

2 010476-45 #27 Washer

3 000907-45 Spray Valve Hold Down Ring

4 B-0068-H Flex Stainless Steel Hose5 000545-25 Adapter6 000922-45 Lever Handle Screw7 001661-45 Red Index-HW8 001638-45 Lever Handle

9 002712-40Hot Eterna Spindle Asm w/ Spring Check, Handle, Index & Screw

10 012443-40 Hot Eterna Spindle Assembly w/ Spring Check

11 001355-40 Elbow, 3/8 NPT12 000357-40 Nipple, 3/8" x 2"13 001660-45 Blue Index-CW

14 012442-40 Cold Eterna Spindle Assembly w/ Spring Check

15 B-0968 Vacuum Breaker Asm, 3/8" NPT

16 004R Finger Hook Assembly

17 002711-40Cold Eterna Spindle Asm w/ Spring Check, Handle, Index & Screw

18 001019-45 Coupling Nut Washer 19 00AA Flange Assembly, 00AA

Model No.

Item No.



REG. #A2601ISO #9001

B-0610




NTSDate:

Kettle & Pot Filler Assembly w/ B-0068-H Flex Hose,Wall Mount Faucet, Vacuum Breaker, Lever Handles& Spray Valve w/ Hook Nozzle

DHL

06/19/08Scale:


JHB

www.tsbrass.com

2of2Sheet:

KJG


T & S Brass B-0610

Cleveland™

Project ________________________________

Item __________________________________

Quantity _______________________________

FCSI Section ____________________________

Approval _______________________________

Date __________________________________

1333 East 179 St.,

Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110

Tel: 1-216-481-4900

Fax: 1-216-481-3782

Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.com

Email: [email protected]

BRAISING PANS / TILTING SKILLETS

DuraPan™ SERIES GAS, OPEN OR MODULAR BASE,30 & 40 GALLON (115 & 150 LITER)

MODELS: � SGL-30-TR � SGM-30-TR� SGL-40-TR � SGM-40-TR

Cleveland Standard Features

�� Leg or Modular Base

�� Full 30/40 Gallon (115/150 Liters) Capacity Rating to Bottomof Pouring Lip

�� Power Tilt (Hydraulic Hand Tilt Optional)

�� Stainless Steel Clad 5/8" Cooking Surface Guaranteedagainst warping

�� Stainless Steel Coved Cornered Pans with both Gallon and Liter Markings

�� All Stainless Steel Construction for durability and easy cleaning

�� Adjustable, Electronic Thermostat controls temperature from 100°F to 425°F

�� High Efficiency Heating System with even heat distribution

�� Electronic Spark Ignition (ESS)

�� Fast Heat-Up and Recovery Time-Preheats in 11 minutes, full capacity from cold to boiling in 60 minutes

�� Spring Assist Cover with Adjustable Vent and Full WidthHandle

�� On/Off Switch, Thermostat Knob and Pilots, recessed toavoid breakage

�� Four Stainless Steel, Level adjustable feet, rear flanged for bolting

�� All Controls are serviceable from the front of the unit

�� Two pilot lights; Green = Power on, Amber = TemperatureCycling

�� Splash Proof Controls and Water Tight Electrical Connections

�� High Limit Safety Device set at 475°F (246°C)

�� Anti-Splash Pouring Lip

�� Supplied with Cord & Plug for 115-volt controls

�� Typical approvals include AGA, CSA, CE and NSF


� Sliding Drain Drawer with Splash Screen (SLD) (for SGLmodels only

� Hydraulic Hand Tilt with quick lowering feature (HTS)

� Power Tilt with Hand Tilt Override (PT1)

� Double or Single Pantry Faucet (SPS14, DPS14), includes Faucet Mounting Bracket

� Double or Single Pantry Skillet Filler with 60" hose (SKF-S orDKF-S)

Shall be CLEVELAND, Tilting Skillet; Model SG _____ - _____ - TR gas(TYPE _____) - holding no less than _____ gallons ( _____ liters); complete withThermostatic Safety and Gas Controls; Gallon Markings; Stainless SteelClad 5/8" Cooking Surface; Power Tilt; Spring Assist Cover with adjustableVent. All Stainless Steel Construction.

� Hot & Cold Water Pre-Rinse Spray Head with Hose (PRS-S)

� Gas types other than natural

� Voltage Option:• VOSK4, 220/240 Volt, 50 Hz, 1 Phase - for export

� Food Strainers for pouring spout (FS)

� Vegetable Steamers (VS)

� Poaching Pans (PP)

� Wall Mounting (WMS)

� In-Wall Carrier (IWCS)

� Pan Carriers (PCS), not available on 30 gallon models with a Tangent Draw-Off Valve

� 2" Tangent Draw-Off Valve (TD2), left side only

Short Form Specifications

SECT. XII PAGE 70609

Open base model shown with optional Drain Drawer (SLD) and Power Tilt (PT1)


Cleveland Range SGL40TR

SECT. XII PAGE 80609

Litho in U.S.A.

(NOT TO SCALE)NOTES:Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers. Included among those approval agencies are U.L., NSF, CGA, CSA, ETL and others.

32"813mm

30"762mm SUGGESTED

FLOORDRAINGRATE

12"305mm

23 1/2"597mm

(PANSURFACE)

35"889mm

40"1016mm

37"940mm

42"1067mm

28"711mm

26"660mm

4 1/2"114mm

33 1/2"851mm

13"330mm

26"660mm

15 1/4"387mm

3 1/2"89mm

72"1829mm(COVERFULLYOPEN)

A

B(PAN SURFACE)

LIP (CENTERED ON SKILLET)

DRAINPAN

TD 2

TD 2 &DRAIN PAN

DOUBLEPANTRYFAUCET

TD 2 OUTLET

PIPE DRAIN RECOMMENDEDMINIMUM VALVE SIZE PLUS 1" (26mm)

RECOMMENDEDFLOOR SLOPE

1" (26mm) IN4’ (1220mm)

PAN

IN F

ULL

TILT

PO

SITI

ON

1 1/4 NPT (DRAIN PIPE)

D E

SUGGESTEDFLOOR DRAIN

GRATE FORTD 2

15"381mm

28"711mm

7/16" , 3 HOLESON 2 3/4" (70mm) B.C.D.

FLANGEDFOOT DETAIL(REAR LEGS ONLY)

120°120°

3 1/2" (89mm)

1" (26mm)(MAXIMUM

ADJUSTMENT

2" (51mm)

4"102mm

16 1/2"419mm

6"153mm

23"584mm

6 1/4"159mm

VOLTS: 120

PHASE: 1

AMPS: 1.8

FREQ: 60 HZ

220/240

1

.83

50 HZ

ELECTRICALSUPPLY(6’ CORD & PLUG)

TYPE: NAT or LP

WATER COLUMN: 4.5 (NAT), 10.5 (LP)

BTU PER CU. FT.: 1000 (NAT), 2500 (LP)

SUPPLY PRESSURE:

5" W.C. MIN (NAT), 11" W.C. MIN (LP)

BTU RATINGS:

SGL-30-TR: 91,000 per hour

SGL-40-TR: 130,000 per hour

SGL-30-TR

440 LBS.

200 KG.

SGL-40-TR

520 LBS.

237 KG

APPROX.SHIPPINGWEIGHTS

GAS SUPPLY(PIPING 3/4" NPT)

CLEARANCE

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL

SGL-30-TR

SGL-40-TR

A

36"

(915mm)

48"

(1220mm)

DIMENSIONS

B

32"

(812mm)

44"

(1118mm)

C

9"

(229mm)

12 1/8"

(308mm)

D

5"

(127mm)

8"

(203mm)

E

20"

(508mm)

22"

(559mm)

NOTE: NON STANDARD ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN GRAY

MIN.TO COMBUSTABLE

SURFACES:

SIDES: 0, REAR: 6" (153mm)

MIN.TO NON COMBUSTABLE

SURFACES: SIDES & REAR: 0

NOTE: 4 1/2" (115mm) required

on right hand side for faucet

EXTERIOR HINGESREQUIRED FOROPTIONAL TD 2

In 4 oz. servings. Other sizes may be calculated.30 gallons / 115 Liters ............. 96040 gallons / 150 Liters ............1280

CAPACITIES

EXTERIOR HINGES(REQUIRED FOROPTIONAL TD 2)


Cleveland Range SGL40TR

The ND-2 Series is a Type I, Wall Canopy Hood for use over 450°F, 600°F and 700°F cooking surface temperatures. The aerodynamic design includes a mechanical baffle and performance enhancing lip for exceptional capture and containment.

Fully Integrated Package

CaptiveAire sells this hood as a stand-alone appliance to be integrated into a kitchen ventilation application, or provided as part of a FULLY INTEGRATED PACKAGE designed by CaptiveAire and pre-engineered for optimum performance. The package consists of the hood, an integral utility cabinet, factory pre-wired electrical controls, and a listed fire suppression system. Other options include a listed exhaust fan, a listed make-up air unit and listed, factory-built ductwork.

Advantages

Exhaust Flow Rates: Superior exhaust flow rates. A 4' Hood can operate at 150 CFM/ft or 600 total CFM. Available in

single or back-to-back configurations.

ETL Listed: ETL Listed for use over 450°F, 600°F and 700°F cooking surface temperatures, which provides flexibility in

designing kitchen ventilation systems. ETL Listed to US and Canadian safety standards, ETL Sanitation Listed and built in accordance with NFPA 96.

Capture and Containment: Insulated, double-wall rigid front has aerodynamic design that reduces radiant heat into

kitchen, prevents condensation and provides exceptional capture and containment of cooking vapors. This is accomplished with the signature ND-2 "mechanical baffle" on the front of the hood's capture area and the "C-shaped" design of the hood's capture area. Mechanical baffle provides a built-in wiring chase for optimal positioning of electrical controls and outlets on the front face of the hood without penetrating capture area or requiring external chase way.

Convenient Design: Factory pre-wired lighting to illuminate the cooking surface is accessible from the bottom of the

hood. Fitted with UL Listed, pre-wired, incandescent light fixtures and tempered glass globes to hold up to a standard 100 watt bulb. Pre-punched hanging angles on each end of hood and additional set provided for hoods longer than 12'.


CAPTIVE AIRE 6024ND-2-ACPSP-F

Construction: Polished stainless steel on the interior and exterior of the front enhance aesthetics. Fully welded and

polished front corners. Fabricated from Type 430 stainless steel with option of Type 304 available.

Channels: Hood comes standard with structural channels on top and wrapper channels on the bottom.

Grease Extraction: All hoods come standard with stainless steel baffle filters and a deep grease trough which allows for easy

cleaning. Captrate Combo® and Captrate Solo® filters are optional. Grease drain system with removable 1/2 pint cup for easy cleaning. Standard filter stops eliminate gaps between filters.

Reduced Lead Times and Shipping Costs: Produced on a high volume assembly line at one of five manufacturing facilities to

reduce lead times and shipping costs.

Clearance to Combustibles: Standard built in 3" rear standoff to meet NFPA 96 requirements, when installed in a wall application.

Controls: Hoods can be equipped with modular utility cabinets and end standoffs. Optional listed light and fan control switches

flush mounted and pre-wired through electrical chase way.

Optional Make-Up Air: Up to 80% make-up air can be supplied through optional front and/or side plenums (ND-2 Series with PSP

or AC-PSP Accessory).

Reduced Weight: Rigid single wall end panels reduce weight.

Performance

AVG. COOKING SURFACE TEMP. (°F) CONFIGURATION

MIN.

EXHAUST CFM / FT.

450°F - Ovens, Steamers, Kettles, Open-Burner Ranges, Griddles, Fryers Single Wall Hood 2 Wall Hoods Back-to-Back

150 300

600°F - Gas Charbroilers, Electric Charbroilers, Woks Single Wall Hood 2 Wall Hoods Back-to-Back

200 400

700°F - Mesquite Grills, Charcoal Charbroilers, Wood Burning Appliances Single Wall Hood 2 Wall Hoods Back-to-Back

250 500

Recommended Duct Sizing: Exhaust - Based on 1500 FPM

Features



Options

Utility Cabinet: Listed for integral side mount and fabricated of same material as hood. Cabinet can house listed fire suppression

system and listed, pre-wired electrical controls.

Front Perforated Supply Plenum: Provides low velocity make-up air for the kitchen and is discharged in front of the hood. Perforated

diffuser plates allow for even air distribution and supply riser includes a volume damper for easy balancing. Side Perforated Supply Plenums can be added to optimize the air flow if necessary.

Rear Make-Up Air Plenum: Provides make-up air for the kitchen and is discharged below cooking equipment. Provides required clearance from limited combustibles per NFPA 96 Standards.

Enclosure Panels: Constructed of stainless steel. Sized to extend from hood top to ceiling, enclosing pipe and hanging parts.

End Panels: Should be used to maximize hood performance and eliminate the effects of cross drafts in kitchen. units constructed of stainless steel and sized according to hood width and cooking equipment. Exposed edges hemmed for safety and rigidity.

Roof Top Package: Combination ETL Listed exhaust/supply air unit with factory prewired and mounted motors, trunkline and curb vented on exhaust side.

Separate Exhaust and/or Make-Up Air Fans: ETL Listed single exhaust fans and supply-air fans and curbs available.

Fire Suppression System: UL 300 fire suppression system.

Lighting: Recessed Incandescent, Recessed Fluorescent, Compact Fluorescent, LED, Recessed LED, Halogen

Certifications

The ND-2 Model has been certified by ITS. This certification mark indicates that the product has been tested to and has met the minimum requirements of a widely recognized (consensus) U.S. and Canadian products safety standard, that the manufacturing site has been audited, and that the applicant has agreed to a program of periodic factory follow-up inspections to verify continued performance.

Models ND-2 are ETL Listed under file number 3054804-001 and complies with UL710, ULC710 and ULC-S646 Standards.



AC-PSP ACCESSORY

Dual Plenum Design Dedicated Make-Up Air Building

HVAC

Air

Page 1 of 4CaptiveAire - Supply Plenums

4/3/2014https://www.captiveaire.com/CATALOGCONTENT/HOODS/SUPPLYPLENUMS/index.ASP



n Low pH Agent

n Proven Design

n Reliable Gas Cartridge Operation

n Aesthetically Appealing

n UL Listed – Meets Requirements of UL 300

n ULC Listed – Meets Requirements of ULC/ORD-C1254.6

n CE Marked

The ANSUL® R-102™ Restaurant Fire Suppression System is an auto-matic, pre-engineered, fire suppression system designed to protectareas associated with ventilating equipment including hoods, ducts,plenums, and filters. The system also protects auxiliary grease extrac-tion equipment and cooking equipment such as fryers; griddles andrange tops; upright, natural charcoal, or chain-type broilers; electric, lavarock, mesquite, or gas-radiant char-broilers; and woks.

The system is ideally suitable for use in restaurants, hospitals, nursinghomes, hotels, schools, airports, and other similar facilities.

Use of the R-102 system is limited to indoor applications or locationsthat provide weatherproof protection within tested temperature limita-tions. The regulated release and tank assemblies must be mounted inan area where the air temperature will not fall below 32 °F (0 °C) orexceed 130 °F (54 °C). The system must be designed and installedwithin the guidelines of the UL/ULC Listed Design, Installation,Recharge, and Maintenance Manual.

The restaurant fire suppression system is a pre-engineered, wet chemi-cal, cartridge-operated, regulated pressure type with a fixed nozzleagent distribution network. It is listed with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.(UL/ULC).

004215

The system is capable of automatic detection and actuation as well asremote manual actuation. Additional equipment is available for buildingfire alarm panel connections, electrical shutdown and/or interface, andmechanical or electrical gas line shut-off applications.

The detection portion of the fire suppression system allows for auto-matic detection by means of specific temperature-rated alloy typefusible links, which separate when the temperature exceeds the ratingof the link, allowing the regulated release to actuate.

A system owner’s guide is available containing basic informationpertaining to system operation and maintenance. A detailed technicalmanual, including system description, design, installation, recharge andresetting instructions, and maintenance procedures, is available to qual-ified individuals.

The system is installed and serviced by authorized distributors that aretrained by the manufacturer.

The basic system consists of an ANSUL AUTOMAN® regulated releaseassembly which includes a regulated release mechanism and a wetchemical storage tank housed within a single enclosure. Nozzles withblow-off caps, detectors, cartridges, agent, fusible links, and pulleyelbows are supplied in separate packages in the quantities needed forfire suppression system arrangements.

Additional equipment includes a remote manual pull station(s), mechan-ical and electrical gas valves, and electrical switches for automaticequipment and gas line shut-off. Accessories can be added such asalarms, warning lights, etc., to installations where required.

Additional tanks and corresponding equipment can be used in multiplearrangements to allow for larger hazard coverage. Each tank is limitedto a listed maximum amount of flow numbers.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

APPLICATION

FEATURES

R-102™ RESTAURANTFIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS

Data/Specifications

004212


ANSUL R-102UL

Wet Chemical Agent – The extinguishing agent is a mixture of organicsalts designed for rapid flame knockdown and foam securement ofgrease related fires. It is available in plastic containers with instructionsfor wet chemical handling and usage.

Agent Tank – The agent tank is installed in a stainless steel enclosureor wall bracket. The tank is constructed of stainless steel.

Tanks are available in two sizes: 1.5 gallon (5.7 L) and 3.0 gallon(11.4 L). The tanks have a working pressure of 110 psi (7.6 bar), a testpressure of 330 psi (22.8 bar), and a minimum burst pressure of 660 psi(45.5 bar).

The tank includes an adaptor/tube assembly. The adaptor assemblyincludes a chrome-plated steel adaptor with a 1/4 in. NPT female gasinlet, a 3/8 in. NPT female agent outlet, and a stainless steel agent pick-up tube. The adaptor also contains a bursting disc seal which helps toprevent the siphoning of agent up the pipe during extreme temperaturevariations.

Regulated Release Mechanism – The regulated release mechanism isa spring-loaded, mechanical/pneumatic type capable of providing theexpellant gas supply to one, two, or three agent tanks depending on thecapacity of the gas cartridge used. It contains a factory installed regula-tor deadset at 110 psi (7.6 bar) with an external relief of approximately180 psi (12.4 bar). It has automatic actuation capabilities by a fusible linkdetection system and remote manual actuation by a mechanical pullstation.

The regulated release mechanism contains a release assembly, regula-tor, expellant gas hose, and agent storage tank housed in a stainlesssteel enclosure with cover. The enclosure contains knock-outs for 1/2 in.conduit. The cover contains an opening for a visual status indicator.

It is compatible with mechanical gas shut-off devices; or, when equippedwith a field or factory-installed switch and manual reset relay, it iscompatible with electric gas line or appliance shut-off devices.

Regulated Actuator Assembly – When more than two agent tanks (orthree 3.0 gallon (11.4 L) tanks in certain applications) are required, theregulated actuator is available to provide expellant gas for additionaltanks. It is connected to the cartridge receiver outlet of the regulatedrelease mechanism providing simultaneous agent discharge. It containsa regulated actuator deadset at 110 psi (7.6 bar) with an external reliefof approximately 180 psi (12.4 bar). It has automatic actuation capabili-ties using pressure from the regulated release mechanism cartridge.

The regulated actuator assembly contains an actuator, regulator, expel-lant gas hose, and agent tank housed in a stainless steel enclosure withcover. The enclosure contains knockouts to permit installation of theexpellant gas line.

Discharge Nozzles – Each discharge nozzle is tested and listed withthe R-102 system for a specific application. Nozzle tips are stamped withthe flow number designation (1/2, 1, 2, or 3). Each nozzle must have ametal or rubber blow-off cap to keep the nozzle tip orifice free of cookinggrease build-up.

Agent Distribution Hose – Kitchen appliances manufactured with orresting on casters (wheels/rollers) may include an agent distributionhose as a component of the suppression system. This allows the appli-ance to be moved for cleaning purposes without disconnecting the appli-ance fire suppression protection. The hose assembly includes arestraining cable kit to limit the appliance movement within the range(length) of the flexible hose.

Flexible Conduit – Flexible conduit allows for quicker installations andthe convenience of being able to route the cable over, under and aroundobstacles. Flexible conduit can be used as a substitute for standardEMT conduit or can be used with EMT conduit.

Flexible conduit can be used only with the Molded Remote Manual PullStation.

Pull Station Assembly – The remote manual pull station is made out ofa molded red composite material. The red color makes the pull stationmore readily identifiable as the manual means for fire suppressionsystem operation.

The pull station is compatible with the ANSUL Flexible Conduit.

• UL/ULC Listed

• CE Marked

• New York City Department of Buildings

• LPCB

• TFRI

• Marine Equipment Directive (MED)

• DNV

• ABS

• Lloyd’s Register

• Meets requirements of NFPA 96 (Standard for the Installation ofEquipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors fromCommercial Cooking Equipment)

• Meets requirements of NFPA 17A (Standard on Wet ChemicalExtinguishing Systems)

Order all system components through your local authorized ANSULDistributor.

ORDERING INFORMATION

APPROVALS

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

004213


ANSUL R-102UL

An ANSUL R-102 Fire Suppression System shall be furnished. Thesystem shall be capable of protecting all hazard areas associated withcooking equipment.

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 References

1.1.1 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)1.1.1.1 UL Standard 12541.1.1.2 UL Standard 300

1.1.2 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC)1.1.2.1 ULC/ORD-C 1254.6

1.1.3 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)1.1.3.1 NFPA 961.1.3.2 NFPA 17A

1.2 Submittals

1.2.1 Submit two sets of manufacturer’s data sheets

1.2.2 Submit two sets of piping design drawings

1.3 System Description

1.3.1 The system shall be an automatic fire suppressionsystem using a wet chemical agent for cooking greaserelated fires.

1.3.2 The system shall be capable of suppressing fires inthe areas associated with ventilating equipment includ-ing hoods, ducts, plenums, and filters as well as auxil-iary grease extraction equipment. The system shallalso be capable of suppressing fires in areas associ-ated with cooking equipment, such as fryers; griddlesand range tops; upright, natural charcoal, or chain-typebroilers; electric, lava rock, mesquite or gas-radiantchar-broilers; and woks.

1.3.3 The system shall be the pre-engineered type havingminimum and maximum guidelines established by themanufacturer and listed by Underwriters Laboratories(UL/ULC).

1.3.4 The system shall be installed and serviced by person-nel trained by the manufacturer.

1.3.5 The system shall be capable of protecting cookingappliances by utilizing either dedicated applianceprotection and/or overlapping appliance protection.

1.4 Quality Control

1.4.1 Manufacturer: The R-102 Restaurant Fire SuppressionSystem shall be manufactured by a company with atleast forty years experience in the design and manu-facture of pre-engineered fire suppression systems.The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 registered.

1.4.2 Certificates: The wet agent shall be a specially formu-lated, aqueous solution of organic salts with a pHrange between 7.7 – 8.7, designed for flame knock-down and foam securement of grease-related fires.

1.5 Warranty, Disclaimer, and Limitations

1.5.1 The pre-engineered restaurant fire suppression systemcomponents shall be warranted for five years fromdate of delivery against defects in workmanship andmaterial.

1.6 Delivery

1.6.1 Packaging: All system components shall be securelypackaged to provide protection during shipment.

1.7 Environmental Conditions

1.7.1 The R-102 system shall be capable of operating withina temperature range of 32 °F to 130 °F (0 °C to 54°C).

2.0 PRODUCT

2.1 Manufacturer

2.1.1 Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products, OneStanton Street, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143-2542,Telephone (715) 735-7411.

2.2 Components

2.2.1 The basic system shall consist of an ANSULAUTOMAN regulated release assembly which includesa regulated release mechanism and a wet chemicalstorage tank housed within a single enclosure.Nozzles, blow-off caps, detectors, cartridges, agent,fusible links, and pulley elbows shall be supplied inseparate packages in the quantities needed for firesuppression system arrangements. Additional equip-ment shall include remote manual pull station,mechanical and electrical gas valves, and electricalswitches for automatic equipment and gas line shut-off, and building fire alarm control panel interface.

2.2.2 Wet Chemical Agent: The extinguishing agent shall bea specially formulated, aqueous solution of organicsalts with a pH range between 7.7 – 8.7, designed forflame knockdown and foam securement of greaserelated fires.

2.2.3 Agent Tank: The agent tank shall be installed in astainless steel enclosure or wall bracket. The tankshall be constructed of stainless steel. Tanks shall beavailable in two sizes; 1.5 gallon (5.7 L) and 3.0 gallon(11.4 L).The tank shall have a working pressure of110 psi (7.6 bar), a test pressure of 330 psi (22.8 bar),and a minimum burst pressure of 660 psi (45.5 bar).The tank shall include an adaptor/tube assemblycontaining a burst disc union.

2.2.4 Regulated Release Mechanism: The regulated releasemechanism shall be a spring-loaded,mechanical/pneumatic type capable of providing theexpellant gas supply to one or two agent tanksdepending on the capacity of the gas cartridge used orthree 3.0 gallon (11.4 L) agent storage tanks in certainapplications. It shall contain a factory installed regula-tor deadset at 110 psi (7.6 bar) with an external reliefof approximately 180 psi (12.4 bar).

It shall have the following actuation capabilities: auto-matic actuation by a fusible link detection system andremote manual actuation by a mechanical pull station.

The regulated release mechanism shall contain arelease assembly, regulator, expellant gas hose, andagent storage tank housed in a stainless steel enclo-sure with cover. The enclosure shall contain knock-outs for 1/2 in. conduit. The cover shall contain anopening for a visual status indicator.

It shall be compatible with mechanical gas shut-offdevices; or, when equipped with a field or factory-installed switch(es), it shall be compatible with electricgas line or appliance shut-off devices, or connectionsto a building fire alarm control panel.

2.2.5 Regulated Actuator Assembly: When more than twoagent tanks or three agent tanks in certain applicationsare required, the regulated actuator shall be availableto provide expellant gas for additional tanks. It shall beconnected to the cartridge receiver outlet of the regu-lated release mechanism providing simultaneous agentdischarge. The regulator shall be deadset at 110 psi(7.6 bar) with an external relief of approximately180 psi (12.4 bar).The regulated actuator assemblyshall contain an actuator, regulator, expellant gashose, and agent tank housed in a stainless steelenclosure with cover. The enclosure shall containknockouts to permit installation of the expellant gasline.

2.2.6 Discharge Nozzles: Each discharge nozzle shall betested and listed with the R-102 system for a specificapplication. Nozzles tips shall be stamped with theflow number designation (1/2, 1, 2, or 3). Each nozzleshall have a metal or rubber blow-off cap to keep thenozzle tip orifice free of cooking grease build-up.

SPECIFICATIONS


ANSUL R-102UL

2.0 PRODUCT (Continued)

2.2 Components (Continued)

2.2.7 Distribution Piping: Distribution piping shall beSchedule 40 black iron, chrome-plated, or stainlesssteel conforming to ASTM A120, A53, or A106.

2.2.8 Detectors: The detectors shall be the fusible link styledesigned to separate at a specific temperature.

2.2.9 Cartridges: The cartridge shall be a sealed steel pres-sure vessel containing either carbon dioxide or nitro-gen gas. The cartridge seal shall be designed to bepunctured by the releasing device supplying therequired pressure to expel wet chemical agent fromthe storage tank.

2.2.10 Agent Distribution Hose: An optional agent distributionhose shall be available for kitchen appliances manu-factured with or resting on casters (wheels/rollers).This shall allow the appliance to be moved for clean-ing purposes without disconnecting the appliance firesuppression protection. Hose assembly shall includea restraining cable kit to limit the appliance movementwithin the range (length) of the flexible hose.

2.2.11 Flexible Conduit: The manufacturer supplying theRestaurant Fire Suppression System shall offer flexi-ble conduit as an option to rigid EMT conduit for theinstallation of pull stations and/or mechanical gasvalves. The flexible conduit shall be UL Listed andinclude all approved components for proper installa-tion.

2.2.12 Pull Station Assembly: The Fire Suppression Systemshall include a remote pull station for manual systemactuation. The pull station shall be designed toinclude a built-in guard to protect the pull handle. Thepull station shall also be designed with a pull handleto allow for three finger operation and shall be red incolor for quick visibility.

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION

3.1 Installation

3.1.1 The R-102 fire suppression system shall be designed,installed, inspected, maintained, and recharged inaccordance with the manufacturer’s listed instructionmanual.

3.2 Training

3.2.1 Training shall be conducted by representatives of themanufacturer.

SPECIFICATIONS

ANSUL, ANSUL AUTOMAN, and R-102 are trademarks of Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products or its affiliates.

Copyright ©2010Form No. F-2004004-7

www.ansul.comOne Stanton StreetMarinette, WI 54143-2542

Indicates revised information


ANSUL R-102UL

FOODSERVICE, LLC

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

rev. 0311

Call Customer Service at 1.800.968.3918 | Fax 1.800.968.4129 | www.focusfoodservice.com

Direct Mounted Wall Shelves

9/32˝

19/16˝

19/16˝

35/16̋

29/32˝

14̋

18̋DIAgRAM 1

WALL PLATE

9/32˝

19/16˝

19/16˝

35/16̋

29/32˝

14̋

18̋Dimensions are

shown in Millimeters

Material ListFWB14SG 14" single bracket green epoxy

FWB14DG 14" double bracket green epoxyFWB18SG 18" single bracket green epoxy

FWB18DG 18" double bracket green epoxy FWB21SGN 21" single bracket green epoxy

FWB21DGN 21" double bracket green epoxyFWB24SGN 24" single bracket green epoxy

FWB24DGN 24" double bracket green epoxyFWB14SCH 14" single bracket chrome plated

FWB14DCH 14" double bracket chrome platedFWB18SCH 18" single bracket chrome plated



FWB24DCH 24" double bracket chrome plated 1 - Bracket

FWS1436G 14" x 36" wall shelf kitFWS1448G 14" x 48" wall shelf kit

2 - Brackets1 - Shelf

Step 1 Hold the bracket to the wall in the desired mounting location and ensure proper spacing is allowed for the shelf length. Mark the location of the holes in the mounting plate. (Note: Depending on construction of wall, brackets should be attached to studs, in-wall-grounds, or solid part of brick or concrete wall with appropriate fasteners. Four fasteners must be used per bracket for proper stability.)Hint: Place the shelf over the bracket before marking mounting plate locations. This will help with proper location of bracket, and aid in the overall mounting process. Check the shelf with a level prior to mounting. If the wall is not plumb, spacer washers should be added. (Mounting SCrewS and SpaCerS are not inCluded)

Step 2 Mount brackets securely to the wall. Place shelf over brackets. (See Diagram #1)

Step 3 Snap chrome plate shelf caps into top of each shelf corner.


FOCUS FOODSERVICE

Item #

JobFOODSERVICE, LLC

FOC

US

WIR

E SH

ELVIN

G

FOCUS SHELVING Wire Shelving

• Design: The open wire design of these heavy gauge chrome or epoxy coated shelves minimizes dust accumulation and allows a free circulation of air, greater visibility of stored items and greater light penetration.

• Versatile: FOCUS SHELVING can change as quickly as your needs change. By using various sizes, hundreds of shelving configurations become possible.

• Fast and Secure Assembly: Posts with the double groove visual guide feature, have circular grooves at 1" (25mm) intervals and are numbered at 2" (50mm) intervals. A tapered split sleeve (plastic) snaps together around each post. Tapered openings in the shelf corners slide over the tapered split sleeves to lock on the shelf. Shelf is assembled in minutes without the use of any special tools.

• Shelf Ribs: Run front to back, allowing you to slide items on and off shelves smoothly.

• Shelf Accessibility: Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) intervals along the entire length of the post.

• Durable: FOCUS wire shelving is available in two finishes: chromate & epoxy coated.

• Adjustable Feet: Bolt levelers compensate for uneven surfaces.

• Strength: Each shelf up to 48" in length is rated to supportup to 800 lbs. of uniformly distributed weight. Shelves longer than 48" support 600 lbs.

Focus Foodservice, LLC • 300 Knightsbridge Parkway, Suite 500 • Lincolnshire, IL 60069 • www.focusfoodservice.com


FOCUS FOODSERVICE CHROMATE

FOODSERVICE, LLC

JobFOCUS SHELVING WIRE SHELVING

Length

Width

Width Length Approx. Pkd. Wt. Item No. Item No.(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Chromate Epoxy12 305 36 914 7 3.1 FF1236C FF1236GN12 305 48 1220 9 4.1 FF1248C FF1248GN12 305 60 1524 13 5.8 FF1260C FF1260GN14 355 24 610 6 2.7 FF1424C FF1424G14 355 30 760 7 3.2 FF1430C FF1430G14 355 36 910 8 3.6 FF1436C FF1436G14 355 42 1060 9.5 4.3 FF1442C FF1442G14 355 48 1220 10.5 4.7 FF1448C FF1448G14 355 60 1525 14 6.3 FF1460C FF1460G14 355 72 1825 17 7.7 FF1472C FF1472G18 455 18 455 5.6 2.55 FF1818CH -18 455 24 610 7 3.2 FF1824C FF1824G18 455 30 760 8 3.6 FF1830C FF1830G18 455 36 910 9.5 4.3 FF1836C FF1836G18 455 42 1060 11 5.0 FF1842C FF1842G18 455 48 1220 12 5.4 FF1848C FF1848G18 455 54 1370 14.5 6.6 FF1854C FF1854G18 455 60 1525 17 7.7 FF1860C FF1860G18 455 72 1825 20 9.1 FF1872C FF1872G21 530 24 610 8 3.6 FF2124C FF2124G21 530 30 760 9 4.1 FF2130C FF2130G21 530 36 910 11 5.0 FF2136C FF2136G21 530 42 1060 12 5.4 FF2142C FF2142G21 530 48 1220 14 6.4 FF2148C FF2148G21 530 54 1370 16 7.6 FF2154C FF2154G21 530 60 1525 18 8.2 FF2160C FF2160G21 530 72 1825 24 10.9 FF2172C FF2172G24 610 24 610 9 4.1 FF2424C FF2424G24 610 30 760 11 5.0 FF2430C FF2430G24 610 36 910 13 5.9 FF2436C FF2436G24 610 42 1060 15 6.8 FF2442C FF2442G24 610 48 1220 16 7.3 FF2448C FF2448G24 610 54 1370 18 8.6 FF2454C FF2454G24 610 60 1525 21 9.5 FF2460C FF2460G24 610 72 1825 26 11.8 FF2472C FF2472G30 760 36 910 33.2 15.1 FF3036CH -30 760 60 1525 53.4 24.3 FF3060CH FF3060GN

Wire Shelves

Split Sleeves

"S" Hooks

Posts

Used to “add-on” shelving units withonly two posts required.Item No. 93333 ChromateItem No. 93333GN Green Epoxy

Height Approx. Pkd. Wt. Item No. Item No.(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Chromate* Epoxy*7 190 0.5 0.2 FG007C FG007G13 368 1 0.5 FG013C FG013G33 876 2 0.9 FG033C FG033G54 1386 3 1.4 FG054C FG054G63 1589 3.5 1.6 FG063C FG063G74 1895 4 1.8 FG074C FG074G86 2200 5 2.3 FG086C FG086G

Posts are grooved at 1" (25mm) increments and numbered at 2" (50mm) increments. Posts are double grooved every 8" (203mm) for easy identification.

*Note: for mobile post use the prefix “FGN”

Focus Foodservice, LLC • 300 Knightsbridge Parkway, Suite 500 • Lincolnshire, IL 60069Phone 800-968-3918 • Fax 800-968-4129 • www.focusfoodservice.com

rev. 0311



Item # ______________________________________________

Job ________________________________________________

9.0

1

InterMetro Industries CorporationNorth Washington Street Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705 www.metro.com

Item # ______________________________________________

Job ________________________________________________ End-Load “K

nock-Dow

n Racks”

13.7

0

METRO® MOBILE

END LOAD “KNOCK DOWN” RACKS• Material: Special design, natural finish,

high-strength, extruded aluminum (6063-T6 alloy).

• Rugged: Tubular framework with aircraft-riveted slide assemblies.

• Economical: Shipped “knocked down” for reduced freight rate. Easily assembled with 12 bolts.

• Sanitary: Removable slide assemblies for easy cleaning.

• Versatile: Slide assemblies can be replaced with slides of other than standard spacing while retaining the same framework.

• Pass-Thru Design: Can be loaded on one side and unloaded from the other for maximum efficiency and convenience.

• Stable: 5" (127mm) diameter, NSF-listed casters, corner-mounted for maximum stability.

• Lightweight: Easy to handle.

• Rapid Cooling

NOTE: Available factory set-up. See price list.

RT183N


Metro RT115N

Job ________________________________________________Job ________________________________________________

InterMetro Industries CorporationNorth Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705 Phone: 570-825-2741 Fax: 570-825-2852

All Metro Catalog Sheets are available on our Web Site: www.metro.com

For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.992.1776

Latin America: 1.561.333.3824 Europe: +31.76.587.7550

Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286

L02-081 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 6/10

Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.

Copyright © 2010 InterMetro Industries Corp.

END LOAD “KNOCK DOWN” RACKS

End

-Loa

d “K

nock

-Dow

n R

acks

”13

.70

Specifications• Material: Special design, natural finish, high strength,

extruded aluminum (6063-T6 alloy).

• Construction: Pass-thru design, aircraft-riveted construction on slide assemblies, tensilok fasteners for frame assembly.

• End Frames: 1" square x .093" (25x2.4mm) wall extruded aluminum tubing.

• Tie Bars: Left to right and front to back tie bars of 1" (25mm) diameter aluminum bar stock, drilled and tapped at each end.

• Slides, 3" & 5" (75 & 127mm) Spacing:.060"x11/4"x11/2" (1.5x32x38mm) profile, bulb-tipped extruded angle-riveted to .060"x1"x1" (1.5x25x25mm) angle uprights.

• Slides, 11/2" (38mm) Spacing: .060"x1/2"x11/2" (1.5x12.7x38mm) bulb-tipped, extruded channel-riveted to .060"x1"x1" (1.5x25x25mm) angle uprights.

• Casters: Two HS5M on back — 5" (127mm) diameter ball bearing swivel stem casters with self-lubricating axle. Two HS5MB on front — same as above with wheel brake. NSF listed.

• Load Rating: 20 lbs. (9kg) per level. Not to exceed 300 lbs. (159kg) per unit.

Dimensions (a) (b) (c) (d) Slide Shipping Height/Width/Depth Inside Height Spacing Pan Capacity Weight Cat. No. (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) No. Size (in.) (lbs.) (kg)

RT183N 641/8x203/8x28 1630x520x710 557/8 1420 3 76 18 18x26 53 24 or 36 14x18 RT115N 641/8x203/8x28 1630x520x710 557/8 1420 5 127 11 18x26 50 23 or 22 14x18 RT1334N 641/8x203/8x28 1630x520x710 557/8 1420 11/2 38 34 18x26 55 25

Accessories Model No. Description

SU Factory Set-Up A38 Gray Rubber Corner Bumpers


Metro RT115N

" � � � # � � " � � � � $ � % & � % � � A B C A D E F G H I D D J K L JK D M N O J F M P H F E QK D D L P J R S TG H F P J U D J V U M P H E U D H E Q � 2 3 � 4 5 � 2 3 � 4 5 / 2 3 � � + � 4W O L L E Q 6 4 ( ! � 3 , � � � � ' % � & ! � $ � * � � � � � � �X Y F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � �G H F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � �K P U L U H [ Q 6 4 ( ! � 3 , � � � � ' % � & ! � $ � * � � � � � � �\ ] N P Q � � � � ' � � '^ F F O _ ` M P H F Q � � $ ? � a �X Y F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' � � � �G H F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � �b L D D J ^ N N L U _ O F U D H Q 6 4 ( ! � 3 , � � � � ' % � & ! � $ � * � � � � � � �b U H U E ` Q � ! ; � % � ; � 3 % � � � � ' � � � � ' & ! � � � � � �c O _ d U H [ Q @ � $ ? % � 9 � ; Z � � � � � � + 6 4K D M N O J F M P H F ^ _ _ P E E D J U P E Q# � � * � � � $ � % & � % � �6 � ! 8 ( � � � @ � � � � ! ; � % � ; � = � Z � � ' � � � � � � � 5 6 � � �e P f J U [ P J O F U D H Q# � � * � � � $ � % & � % � � � � � ( � � 0 � 3 � � � � � 3 � � � + � � + � � + 6 � � � � � ' % ; � � � � & � � � ( � � � 9 � ' � % �( � � ! � ' � � � � � � % $ ( � � ' � � % � 9 * � % � � � � & 1 / � 6 � � � Z % � � � � � � & � � � � ; � � 1 � � � � � � � 3 / � 3 = ( 3 � 7 3 6 � � + � � + � � � ' % ; � � � � & � % � � 8 � � � � � � � ' � � ' * � % �( � � ! � � � � � & 1 � �0 � � � � � � & � � � � � ' ! � Z � � % � $ ! ; ' � 'e P f J U [ P J O F U D H ^ _ _ P E E D J U P E Q# � � * � � � $ � % & � % � �V D D J Q � 6 4 5 / � 4 � � 8 � � a % � 9 0 ; �7 � $ � � ' � 4 a % � � � 4 � � � � ! % � 9 � � � ' � � ' � � � � � 4 � % ! � g � � � ; � �b J O M P Q X Y F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � � � % $ ? & ! � � � � � ! ; � � � � � % � � � � ' � � � � ' � � 4� % 9 �G H F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � � � % $ ? & ! � � � � � ! ; � � � � � % � � � � ' � � � � ' � � 4� % 9 �h L i [ Q X Y F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � � � % $ ? & ! � � � � � ! ; � � � � � % � � � � ' � � � � ' � � 4� % 9 �G H F P J U D J Q � � ! � � ! ; � � 3 = � Z � � ' > � % � � � � � � � � % $ ? & ! � � � � � ! ; � � � � � % � � � � ' � � � � ' � � 4� % 9 �V D D J j k N P H U H [ ^ _ _ P E E D J U P E Q# � � * � � � $ � % & � % � � � � 8 �

Quotation #:� � 6 6 � � � 7 � � � �

Date: + 6 + � � �( � 7 7 � @ @ � 2 �� " � � 2 �� " 7 � 0 7 �Project:


KOLPAK CUSTOM

� ! � � � $ � � & ! � � � � � ' % 9 � � � $ � � ' ; ! � � � % � � ' � � l� $ $ � & � � ' Z � ) & � % � � - 1 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m � � � 1 m m m m m m m m m m � % � � ' " � � � ! ! � � % � � � � � 1 m m m m m m m m m m� ; � $ � � � 0 � ' � � � 1 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m � % 9 � � � ; � � 1 m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m

� � � � � ' ! � 3 � � � � � � � � � ! % � � ' ( � � � � � � � � � � ( ! � � � 3 � � � � � � � � � a % � $ � 3 7 � $ � % 8 % � � ) � � � � � ; � � - � � � ! � � � 3 � � 3 � � � � n % � a & � � � 3 6 o 6 ( � � ! � � � � � � � � ' , � � � � ) 6 4 � � � - � � n � � � 3 � � � ; � � 7 � ! % � 8 � � � � � � ' � � � � � � � � � � % ! � � � ' � � � ; � � ' ' � � � � 7 � � & 3 " � � � � % � � � 6 5 � �� % � 9 � 3 � � � � � � � � � ! % � � ' ( � � � � � ) a % � � � & � % � 9 � % � -� � � � ! 8 � � � � � � ! ' � � � � % � ! � � � � � ! 6 9 � � � � � � � � � > % � � � � � � > � � � + , � � � � % 9 � � , % 5 � ; � � � � � � � � � � � = n � & � � & � � � 8

� � 8 �

Quotation #:� � 6 6 � � � 7 � � � �

Date: + 6 + � � �( � 7 7 � @ @ � 2 �� " � � 2 �� " 7 � 0 7 �Project:


KOLPAK CUSTOM

FOODSERVICE, LLC


rev. 0311



9/32˝

19/16˝

19/16˝

35/16̋

29/32˝

14̋

18̋DIAgRAM 1

WALL PLATE

9/32˝

19/16˝

19/16˝

35/16̋

29/32˝

14̋

18̋Dimensions are

















FOCUS FOODSERVICE

Item #

Job

FPS

-Plu

S™ P

oly

mer

Sh

elvIn

g w

Ith S

an

Iga

rd

™ an

tI-mIc

ro

bIa

l Pr

otec

tIon

FPS-PluS™ Polymer Shelving with Sanigard™ Anti-microbial Protection FPS-Plus includes removable shelf mats that are easily taken off frames to be washed by hand or in a dishwasher. Wire frames have the same tapered shelf collars found on other Focus shelving to insure strong and sturdy support.

• durability: Polymer shelf mats are corrosion and impact resistant. Polymer will not rust, chip or corrode.

• Sanitary: Polymer shelf mats are easily removed from wire shelf frames for cleaning in sinks or dishwashers.

• Strength: Each frame consists of strong steel corners and heavy-duty side and center truss construction to insure a sturdy and stable weight bearing surface. Uniformly distributed weight bearing capacity per shelf:Up to 48" (122.0 cm) - 800 lbs. (363 kg)54" (137.0 cm) and longer – 600 lbs. (275 kg)2,000 lbs. (907 kg) maximum per stationary unit.

• Sanigard Protection: SaniGard Anti-Microbial Protection keeps FPS-Plus shelving cleaner by continuously fighting the growth of stain and odor causing bacteria. Shelving can be a breeding ground for microbes, and the 24/7 protection of SaniGard provides an added level of protection. SaniGard is incorporated into the plastic material and green epoxy during the manufacturing process, so it won’t wash off or wear away. It is protection that lasts for the useful life of your shelving.

SaniGard is safe for people and the environment and has been proven effective as tested by independent laboratories. While not a substitute for thorough cleaning and good sanitation practices, SaniGard can make an important contribution to a more sanitary foodservice operation.

• Flexibility: FPS-Plus shelves are compatible with our other storage solutions: HDS-Plus High Density Shelving, direct mount wall shelving, and post mount wall shelving. By using standard green posts, standard shelving casters may be used to create a mobile solution.

• versatile: FPS-Plus Shelving can change as quickly as your needs change. By using various sizes, hundred of shelving configurations become possible.

• Shelf accessibility: Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (2.5 cm) intervals along the entire length of the post.

• adjustable Feet: Bolt levelers compensate for uneven surfaces. Polymer foot caps protect cooler floors from rust spots.

• Fast and Secure assembly: Posts have a double groove visual guide feature, and contain circular grooves at 1" (2.5 cm) intervals and are numbered at 2" (5.1 cm) intervals. A plastic tapered split sleeve snaps together around each post. Tapered openings in the shelf corners slide over the tapered split sleeves to lock on the shelf. Shelves are assembled in minutes without the use of special tools.

• warranty: Polymer shelf panels have a lifetime warranty against rust and corrosion. Posts and wire frames have a twelve year limited warranty against rust and corrosion



FOCUS FOODSERVICE FPS-PLUS

JobFPS-PluS™ Polymer ShelvIng wIth SanIgard™ antI-mIcrobIal ProtectIon

Shelf Size (width/length) Vented Shelf Item #(in.) (cm) Solid Shelf Item #

18 x 24 45.7 x 61.0 FPS1824VNGN FPS1824SOGN18 x 30 45.7 x 76.0 FPS1830VNGN FPS1830SOGN18 x 36 45.7 x 91.4 FPS1836VNGN FPS1836SOGN18 x 42 45.7 x 106.6 FPS1842VNGN FPS1842SOGN18 x 48 45.7 x 122.0 FPS1848VNGN FPS1848SOGN18 x 54 45.7 x 137.0 FPS1854VNGN FPS1854SOGN18 x 60 45.7 x 152.4 FPS1860VNGN FPS1860SOGN18 x 72 45.7 x 182.9 FPS1872VNGN FPS1872SOGN21 x 24 53.0 x 61.0 FPS2124VNGN FPS2124SOGN21 x 30 53.0 x 76.0 FPS2130VNGN FPS2130SOGN21 x 36 53.0 x 91.4 FPS2136VNGN FPS2136SOGN21 x 42 53.0 x 106.6 FPS2142VNGN FPS2142SOGN21 x 48 53.0 x 122.0 FPS2148VNGN FPS2148SOGN21 x 54 53.0 x 137.0 FPS2154VNGN FPS2154SOGN21 x 60 53.0 x 152.4 FPS2160VNGN FPS2160SOGN21 x 72 53.0 x 182.9 FPS2172VNGN FPS2172SOGN24 x 24 61.0 x 61.0 FPS2424VNGN FPS2424SOGN24 x 30 61.0 x 76.0 FPS2430VNGN FPS2430SOGN24 x 36 61.0 x 91.4 FPS2436VNGN FPS2436SOGN24 x 42 61.0 x 106.6 FPS2442VNGN FPS2442SOGN24 x 48 61.0 x 122.0 FPS2448VNGN FPS2448SOGN24 x 54 61.0 x 137.0 FPS2454VNGN FPS2454SOGN24 x 60 61.0 x 152.4 FPS2460VNGN FPS2460SOGN24 x 72 61.0 x 182.9 FPS2472VNGN FPS2472SOGN

ShelvesGreen Epoxy Coated Frames and Plastic Mats with SaniGard™ Anti-Microbial Protection

Stationary Post Item

Mobile Post Item #

Height(in.) (cm)

FG007G FGN007G 7 17.8FG013G FGN013G 13 33.0FG033G FGN033G 33 83.8FG054G FGN054G 54 137.2FG063G FGN063G 63 160.0FG074G FGN074G 74 188.0FG086G FGN086G 86 218.4

PostsGreen Epoxy Coated with SaniGard™ Anti-Microbial Protection

Solid Shelf

vented Shelf

SPeciFicAtionS

Shelf Frames: Zinc plated carbon steel with green epoxy coating

Polymer Shelf mats: Polypropylene

SaniGard Anti-Microbial Protection is integrated pre-production of polymer shelf mats and green epoxy.

NSF Listed for all environments

Temperature Rating: FPS-Plus Shelves can be used continuously within a range of -20/120° F (-29/49° C).

LengthWidth

Focus Foodservice, LLC • 300 Knightsbridge Parkway, Suite 500 • Lincolnshire, IL 60069 Phone 800-968-3918 • Fax 800-968-4129 • www.focusfoodservice.com

rev. 1112


FOCUS FOODSERVICE FPS-PLUS

Item #

JobFOODSERVICE, LLC

FOC

US

WIR

E SH

ELVIN

G

FOCUS SHELVING Wire Shelving

• Design: The open wire design of these heavy gauge chrome or epoxy coated shelves minimizes dust accumulation and allows a free circulation of air, greater visibility of stored items and greater light penetration.

• Versatile: FOCUS SHELVING can change as quickly as your needs change. By using various sizes, hundreds of shelving configurations become possible.

• Fast and Secure Assembly: Posts with the double groove visual guide feature, have circular grooves at 1" (25mm) intervals and are numbered at 2" (50mm) intervals. A tapered split sleeve (plastic) snaps together around each post. Tapered openings in the shelf corners slide over the tapered split sleeves to lock on the shelf. Shelf is assembled in minutes without the use of any special tools.

• Shelf Ribs: Run front to back, allowing you to slide items on and off shelves smoothly.

• Shelf Accessibility: Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) intervals along the entire length of the post.

• Durable: FOCUS wire shelving is available in two finishes: chromate & epoxy coated.

• Adjustable Feet: Bolt levelers compensate for uneven surfaces.

• Strength: Each shelf up to 48" in length is rated to supportup to 800 lbs. of uniformly distributed weight. Shelves longer than 48" support 600 lbs.




FOODSERVICE, LLC

JobFOCUS SHELVING WIRE SHELVING

Length

Width

Width Length Approx. Pkd. Wt. Item No. Item No.(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Chromate Epoxy12 305 36 914 7 3.1 FF1236C FF1236GN12 305 48 1220 9 4.1 FF1248C FF1248GN12 305 60 1524 13 5.8 FF1260C FF1260GN14 355 24 610 6 2.7 FF1424C FF1424G14 355 30 760 7 3.2 FF1430C FF1430G14 355 36 910 8 3.6 FF1436C FF1436G14 355 42 1060 9.5 4.3 FF1442C FF1442G14 355 48 1220 10.5 4.7 FF1448C FF1448G14 355 60 1525 14 6.3 FF1460C FF1460G14 355 72 1825 17 7.7 FF1472C FF1472G18 455 18 455 5.6 2.55 FF1818CH -18 455 24 610 7 3.2 FF1824C FF1824G18 455 30 760 8 3.6 FF1830C FF1830G18 455 36 910 9.5 4.3 FF1836C FF1836G18 455 42 1060 11 5.0 FF1842C FF1842G18 455 48 1220 12 5.4 FF1848C FF1848G18 455 54 1370 14.5 6.6 FF1854C FF1854G18 455 60 1525 17 7.7 FF1860C FF1860G18 455 72 1825 20 9.1 FF1872C FF1872G21 530 24 610 8 3.6 FF2124C FF2124G21 530 30 760 9 4.1 FF2130C FF2130G21 530 36 910 11 5.0 FF2136C FF2136G21 530 42 1060 12 5.4 FF2142C FF2142G21 530 48 1220 14 6.4 FF2148C FF2148G21 530 54 1370 16 7.6 FF2154C FF2154G21 530 60 1525 18 8.2 FF2160C FF2160G21 530 72 1825 24 10.9 FF2172C FF2172G24 610 24 610 9 4.1 FF2424C FF2424G24 610 30 760 11 5.0 FF2430C FF2430G24 610 36 910 13 5.9 FF2436C FF2436G24 610 42 1060 15 6.8 FF2442C FF2442G24 610 48 1220 16 7.3 FF2448C FF2448G24 610 54 1370 18 8.6 FF2454C FF2454G24 610 60 1525 21 9.5 FF2460C FF2460G24 610 72 1825 26 11.8 FF2472C FF2472G30 760 36 910 33.2 15.1 FF3036CH -30 760 60 1525 53.4 24.3 FF3060CH FF3060GN

Wire Shelves

Split Sleeves

"S" Hooks

Posts

Used to “add-on” shelving units withonly two posts required.Item No. 93333 ChromateItem No. 93333GN Green Epoxy

Height Approx. Pkd. Wt. Item No. Item No.(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Chromate* Epoxy*7 190 0.5 0.2 FG007C FG007G13 368 1 0.5 FG013C FG013G33 876 2 0.9 FG033C FG033G54 1386 3 1.4 FG054C FG054G63 1589 3.5 1.6 FG063C FG063G74 1895 4 1.8 FG074C FG074G86 2200 5 2.3 FG086C FG086G

Posts are grooved at 1" (25mm) increments and numbered at 2" (50mm) increments. Posts are double grooved every 8" (203mm) for easy identification.

*Note: for mobile post use the prefix “FGN”

Focus Foodservice, LLC • 300 Knightsbridge Parkway, Suite 500 • Lincolnshire, IL 60069Phone 800-968-3918 • Fax 800-968-4129 • www.focusfoodservice.com

rev. 0311



drip pans

perlick Features

• Varietyofsizes,andconfigurationsto fitanyinstallation.

• Availableinstainlesssteelor tarnish-freebrass.

• Removable,glassrack.


MOdEL nOs.■ Top-Mounted■ angled■ recessed■ Cutout■ spacesaver

No.5020

No.18635

No.C21379A


Perlick 57120

DRIP PANlENgTH

OVERAlllENgTH

DRIP PANWIDTH

OVERAllWIDTH

4 3/8”[111]

3/4”[19]

TO INsTAll DRIP PAN,DRIll 15/16” [24] DIA. HOlE

THRU cOUNTER TOP.

DRIP PANlENgTH

DRIP PANWIDTH

OVERAlllENgTH

OVERAllWIDTH

4 3/8”[111]

13/16”[21]

TO INsTAll DRIP PAN,DRIll 15/16” [24] DIA. HOlE

THRU cOUNTER TOP.

5000 sEriEs stainless steel 5015 5020 5025 5028 5030MOdEL nOs. Tarnish-Free Brass 5015TF 5020TF 5025TF 5028TF 5030TFOVERALLLENGTH(mm) 53⁄8”(137) 133⁄4”(349) 19”(483) 24”(610) 37”(940)DRIPPANLENGTH(mm) 43⁄8”(111) 123⁄4”(324) 18”(457) 23”(584) 361⁄8”(918)OVERALLWIDTH(mm) 53⁄8”(137) 47⁄8”(124) 47⁄8”(124) 47⁄8”(124) 47⁄8”(124)DRIPPANWIDTH(mm) 43⁄8”(111) 37⁄8”(98) 37⁄8”(98) 37⁄8”(98) 37⁄8”(98)DRIP PAN and glAss RAck stainless steel or tarnish-free brass.PLUMBING Equippedwith9⁄16”I.D.wastedrainanduniversaldraintubes.Usewith1⁄2”N.P.T. pipefittingsor1390D1⁄2”I.D.flexibledraintube.

Form No. 071695Rev. 10.24.08

SizesandSpecificationsDripPans-TopMounted

Job___________________________Area __________________________ItemNo._______________________ModelNo._____________________


18000 sEriEs stainless steel C18635a C18640a C18645a C18650a C18655 C18660MOdEL nOs. Tarnish-Free Brass C18635aTF C18640aTF C18645aTF C18650aTF C18655TF C18660TFOVERALLLENGTH(mm) 83⁄4”(222) 143⁄16”(360) 203⁄4”(527) 263⁄4”(679) 33”(838) 469⁄16”(1182)DRIPPANLENGTH(mm) 77⁄16”(179) 127⁄8”(327) 197⁄16”(494) 257⁄16”(646) 311⁄2”(800) 455⁄16”(1151)OVERALLWIDTH(mm) 73⁄4”(197) 73⁄4”(197) 73⁄4”(197) 73⁄4”(197) 73⁄4”(197) 73⁄4”(197)DRIPPANWIDTH(mm) 61⁄2”(165) 61⁄2”(165) 61⁄2”(165) 61⁄2”(165) 61⁄2”(165) 61⁄2”(165)DRIPPANandGLASSRACk Stainlesssteelortarnish-freebrass.PLUMBING Equippedwith9⁄16”I.D.wastedrainanduniversaldraintubes.Usewith1⁄2”N.P.T. pipefittingsor1390D1⁄2”I.D.flexibledraintube.

angLEd sEriEs stainless steel 57120MOdEL nOs. Tarnish-Free Brass 57120TFOVERALLLENGTH(mm) 201⁄4”(511)OVERALLWIDTH(mm) 9”(229)DRIPPANandGLASSRACk Stainlesssteelor tarnish-freebrass. Stainlesssteelglassrack.PLUMBING Equippedwith9⁄16”I.D. wastedrainanduniversal draintubes.Usewith1⁄2” N.P.T.pipefittingsor 1390D1⁄2”I.D.flexible draintube.

TOp MOunTEd

5000Series C18000Series

6 1/2”[165]

7/8”[22]

4 5/16”[110]

5 1/8”[130]

10 1/2”[267]

9”[229]

20 1/4”[514]

Angled


Perlick 57120

Form No. 050196DRev. 06.05.09

8300 West Good Hope Road • Milwaukee, WI 53223 • Phone 414-353-7060 • Fax 414-353-7069Toll Free 800-558-5592 • E-Mail: [email protected] • www.Perlick.com

Perlick is committed to continuous improvement. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice.

Model Nos. satin Chrome 4005-3B 4005-4B 4005-5B 4005-6B 4005d3B 4005d4B Polished Chrome 4005-3BPC 4005-4BPC 4005-5BPC 4005-6BPC 4005d3BPC 4005d4BPC Tarnish-Free Brass 4005-3BTF 4005-4BTF 4005-5BTF 4005-6BTF 4005d3BTF 4005d4BTFNUMBER OF FAUCETS 3 4 5 6 3/3 4/4“A” DIMENSIONS (mm) 73⁄4” (197) 11” (279) 137⁄8” (352) 155⁄8” (397) 73⁄4” (197) 11” (279)OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES • Matching drainers • Faucet locks

Sizes and Specifications Gambrinus Towers

Job ___________________________Area __________________________Item No. _______________________Model No. _____________________

9 3/8”[237]

3 1/4”[82]

3 3/4”[95]

4 7/8”[124]

8”[203]

3” [76] DIA.HOLE

REQUIREDIN COUNTERTOP

INSULATEDRESTRICTORSENGINEERED

TO SITEREQUIREMENTS

19 3/8”[492]

9 7/16”[240]

FAUCET HANDLESNOT FURNISHED

“A”

3 3/16”[81]

4 1/4”[108]

12 1/4”[311] DIA.

4 1/4”[108]

3 3/16”[81]

12 1/4”[311] DIA.

4 1/4”[108]

4 1/4”[108]


Perlick 4005-5B

ITEM#

HATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee,WI 53234-0500 U.S.A.(800) 558-0607 • (414) 671-6350 • Fax (800) 543-7521 • Int’l. Fax (414) 671-3976www.hatcocorp.com • E-mail: [email protected] No. C Spec Sheet

Printed in U.S.A.December 2012

COMPACTELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATERSModels C-4, -5, -6, -7, -9, -12, -13, -15, -17, -18, -24, -27, -30, -36, -39, -45, -54, -57

The Hatco Compact Electric Booster WaterHeater provides all the 180°F (82°C) final rinsewater required to sanitize and flash-dry dishesand flatware.

FLEXIBILITYThe space saving Compact is easy to installnext to the dishwasher with slide bracketsor on 6" (152 mm) legs. The storage capacityis 6 gallons (23 liters).

QUALITYThe following features assure the finestperformance for years to come:• All models include a Castone® lined tankwith a 10-year limited warranty.

• Features include a temperature/pressurerelief valve, a pressure reducing valve, twotemperature/pressure gauges, a high-temperature limit control, pilot indicatorlight, on-off switch, and a low-water cut-offto prevent element burnout due to a lowwater condition.

• Available with slide brackets for mountingunder a dishtable.

• Each booster has fiberglass insulationto minimize heat loss.

• Hatco electric booster heaters are factorypre-plumbed and pre-wired with calibratedimmersion thermostat and high-temperaturelimit switch.

• A stainless steel front panel and powder-coated silver-gray hammertone body isstandard on all Compact models.

• Swing-away front panels with low-watercut-off, control fuses and transformer allowquick access to probes and elements foreasier serviceability.

Model C-18 with optional6" (152 mm) stainlesssteel adjustable legsModel C-45 with

6" (152 mm)adjustable legs

Compact Model 40°F (22°C) Rise 70°F (39°C) RiseC-4 40 gph ( 151 Iph) 23 gph ( 87 Iph)C-5 50 gph ( 189 Iph) 29 gph ( 110 Iph)C-6 60 gph ( 227 Iph) 34 gph ( 129 Iph)C-7 70 gph ( 265 Iph) 40 gph ( 151 Iph)C-9 90 gph ( 341 Iph) 52 gph ( 197 Iph)C-12 120 gph ( 454 Iph) 69 gph ( 261 Iph)C-13 135 gph ( 511 Iph) 77 gph ( 292 Iph)C-15 151 gph ( 572 Iph) 86 gph ( 326 Iph)C-17 173 gph ( 655 Iph) 99 gph ( 375 Iph)C-18 181 gph ( 685 Iph) 103 gph ( 390 Iph)C-24 241 gph ( 912 Iph) 138 gph ( 522 Iph)C-27 271 gph (1026 Iph) 155 gph ( 587 Iph)C-30 301 gph (1139 Iph) 172 gph ( 651 Iph)C-36 361 gph (1367 Iph) 206 gph ( 780 Iph)C-39 391 gph (1480 Iph) 224 gph ( 848 Iph)C-45 452 gph (1711 Iph) 258 gph ( 977 Iph)C-54 542 gph (2052 Iph) 310 gph (1174 Iph)C-57 573 gph (2169 Iph) 326 gph (1234 Iph)

Water Temperature Recovery Table

WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTSIncoming water in excess of 3.0 grains of hardness per gallon (GPG) (.75 grains of hardnessper liter) must be treated and softened before being supplied to booster heater(s). Watercontaining over 3.0 GPG (.75 GPL) will decrease the efficiency and reduce the operating lifeof the unit.Note: Product failure caused by liming or sediment buildup is not covered under

warranty.


ECOLAB (Hatco) C-24

19.78"(502 mm)

13.78"(350 mm)

3⁄4" NPTCoupling forTemperature/PressureRelief Valve

26" (660 mm)

20.69" (525 mm)

INLET

REAR VIEW

OUTLET

SIDE VIEW

Electical connectionfrom side or below

3⁄4" NPT Nipple

21⁄4"(6 cm)

3.45"(88 mm)

.75"(19 mm)

7.88"(200 mm)

13.06" (332 mm)

6.53" (166 mm)

2.25"(57 mm)

6" (152 mm)

ITEM#

PRODUCT SPECSElectric BoosterWater HeaterThe Electric Booster Water Heater to supply the final 180°F (82°C) rinse forthe dishwasher shall be a Compact Model ... as manufactured forcommercial use by the Hatco Corporation, Milwaukee, WI 53234 U.S.A.With 24/7 service (U.S. and Canada only), the booster shall have thecapacity to heat ... gph (lph) from 120°F to 180°F (49°C to 82°C) and itshall be rated at ... kW, ... volts, ... phase. The tank shall be designed for aworking pressure of 150 psi (1034 kPa) and hydrostatically tested at 300psi (2069 kPa) with a Hatco Castone® lining.The heater shall be complete with all internal plumbing, including 3/4"NPT pipe and fittings for inlet and outlet. All controls shall be built-in,

including contactors and prewired in accordance with UL #1453 and422.11 NEL 2002. Proper surface mounting circuit breaker or fuseddisconnect switch shall be provided by electrical contractor.Electric heating elements shall be metal sheathed, controlled by anambient compensating immersion thermostat. The booster shall beprotected with high-temperature limit switch (ECO) and low-water cut-off.The heater shall consist of stainless steel front and silver-grayhammertone body with standard 6" (152 mm) legs (or stainless steelbody, base, and stainless steel adjustable legs).The heater shall include a temperature/pressure relief valve,high-temperature pressure reducing valve with bypass, and twoindicating temperature/pressure gauges.

COMPACTELECTRIC BOOSTER WATER HEATERSModels C-4, -5, -6, -7, -9, -12, -13, -15, -17, -18, -24, -27, -30, -36, -39, -45, -54, -57

DIMENSIONS4kW to 18kW: 13.06"W x 20.69"D(26"†) x 13.78"H without legs(332 x 525 (660 mm†) x 350 mm).

24kW to 57kW: 18"W x 24"D(29.25"†) x 12.03"H without legs(457 x 610 (743 mm†) x 306 mm).

† Includes Temperature/PressureRelief Valve.

VOLTAGE208, 240 and 480 volts available.Export voltages available.

SPECIFICATIONS1-Phase 3-Phase

Breaker/ Breaker/ ShippingModel kW Volts Amps Fuse Size Amps Fuse Size Weight

208 115.4 150 66.7 90C-24 24 240 100 125 57.8 90 142 lbs. (64 kg)

480 – – 28.9 40208 129.9 175 75 100

C-27 27 240 112.5 150 65 90 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 32.5 50208 144.3 200 83.3 125

C-30 30 240 125 175 72.2 100 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 36.1 50208 173.1 225 100 125

C-36 36 240 150 200 86.7 125 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 43.4 60208 187.5 250 108.3 150

C-39 39 240 162.5 225 93.9 125 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 47 60208 – – 125 175

C-45• 45 240 187.5 250 108.3 150 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 54.2 70208 – – 149.9 200

C-54•• 54 240 – – 130 175 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 65 90208 – – 158.3 200

C-57•• 57 240 – – 137.2 175 142 lbs. (64 kg)480 – – 68.6 90

Models 4-18 kW

18.03"(458 mm)

12.03"(306 mm)

3⁄4" NPTCoupling forTemperature/PressureRelief Valve

29.25" (743 mm)

24" (610 mm)

INLET

REAR VIEW

OUTLET

SIDE VIEW

Electical connectionfrom side or below

3⁄4" NPT Nipple

21⁄4"(6 cm)

31⁄4"(8 cm)

2"(51 mm)

7.88"(200 mm)

18" (457 mm)6.01"

(153 mm)

6" (152 mm)

2.25"(57 mm)

3.25"(83 mm)

Models 24-57 kW

1-Phase 3-PhaseBreaker/ Breaker/ Shipping

Model kW Volts Amps Fuse Size Amps Fuse Size Weight208 19.3 30 – –

C-4� 4 240 16.7 30 – – 105 lbs. (48 kg)480 8.4 15 – –208 24.1 30 – –

C-5� 5 240 20.9 30 – – 105 lbs. (48 kg)480 10.5 15 – –208 28.9 40 25* 40

C-6* 6 240 25 40 21.6* 30 118 lbs. (54 kg)480 12.5 20 10.8* 15208 33.7 50 29.1* 40

C-7* 7 240 29.2 40 25.2* 40 118 lbs. (54 kg)480 14.6 20 12.6* 20208 43.3 60 37.5* 50

C-9* 9 240 37.5 50 32.4* 50 118 lbs. (54 kg)480 18.8 30 16.2* 20208 57.7 90 33.4 50

C-12 12 240 50 70 28.9 40 120 lbs. (54 kg)480 25 40 14.5 20208 65 90 37.5 50

C-13 13.5 240 56.3 90 32.5 50 120 lbs. (54 kg)480 28.2 40 16.3 30208 72.2 90 41.7 60

C-15 15 240 62.5 90 36.1 50 120 lbs. (54 kg)480 31.3 40 18.1 30

C-17‡ 17.2 208 – – 47.9 60 120 lbs. (54 kg)208 86.6 125 – –

C-18§ 18 240 75 100 43.4 60 120 lbs. (54 kg)480 37.5 50 21.7 30

* Only 6, 7, & 9kW Models, 208 and 240 volts only, can be field converted to singlephase (units are shipped 3-phase open delta). Larger branch circuit required thanfor balanced 3-phase of equal kW. (Balanced 3-phase available, consult factory.)

‡ 17.2kW models available in 208V 3-phase only.§ 18kW models not available in 208V 3-phase.• Not available in 208V single phase.•• Not available in 208V or 240V single phase.

HATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee,WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. • (800) 558-0607 • (414) 671-6350Fax (800) 543-7521 • Int’l. Fax (414) 671-3976 • www.hatcocorp.com • E-mail: [email protected]

Printed in U.S.A.December 2012Form No. C Spec Sheet

† †

� Contact factory if Balanced 3 Ph is required

OPTIONS (NOT FOR RETROFIT)� All Stainless Steel Body and Base� Security Package

ACCESSORIES� Slide Brackets

� Stainless Steel Floor Mounting Leg Assembly� Blended Phosphate Injection System (not for potable water)� Shock Absorber – To ReduceWater Hammer� Back Pressure Relief Valve� Brass Pressure Reducing Valve with Bypass� Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs 6" to 7" (152 to 178 mm)


ECOLAB (Hatco) C-24

FOODSERVICE 02.27.15

Documents

Transcript of FOODSERVICE 02.27.15